Mu 14055

HCR1200-EDⅡ-F403E
Operation & Maintenance Manual
HYDRAULIC CRAWLER DRILL
Applicable From Serial No.1354581-
WARNING
Neither the operator nor the person in charge of
maintenance should operate, or inspect, or maintain
or adjust the machine after reading this manual
carefully and understanding the contents
thoroughly.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
Model:
Serial Number:
Year of Manufacture:
CE Mark:
Within 30 days after delivery of the machine, please fill in Registration Card and send it to the
Cummins Inc.
If the Registration Card is not correctly registered, you cannot have the warranty of Cummins Inc.
concerning the engine.
The Registration Card is appended to Operation and Maintenance Manual of Cummins Diesel
Engine.
0-1
Name of the distributor, authorized agent and service agent
Address: 5-3, 1-chome, Nihonbashi, Chuo-ku,

Tokyo, 103-0027, Japan
Phone: 81-3-3231-6982
Fax: 81-3-3231-6994
0-2
Foreword
This manual contains operation, lubrication and maintenance information.
Read this manual and safety manual carefully to learn how to operate and service your machine
correctly.
Failure to do so could result in personal injury or equipment damage.
As the specifications, contents and illustrations in this manual are based on information available
when this manual is prepared, they might be slightly different from the actual product which you have
purchased because of a specification change in product or other alternation.
All equipment described may not pertain to your machine, as some equipment mentioned is optional
or exclusive for some countries.
If you have any questions or comments about the handling and maintenance of your machine, please
contact your nearest distributor.
WARNING
Incorrect operation, or inspection or maintenance may cause serious danger.
If this machine is used carelessly, an accident may cause serious injury or death.
Do not use the machine before understanding the descriptions in this manual.
The person in charge of operating or managing the machine should keep this
manual close to the machine to be used and carefully read until fully understood.
If this manual is lost, damaged or another needed, please place an order for it at
your nearest distributor.
When the machine is transferred to the next owner, please always attach this
manual with the machine.
Since the product has been improved constantly, this manual may not cover the
entire machine. Please contact the distributor.
Use this manual according to the regulations and provisions of the country where
the customer uses the machine.
0-3
Safety Information
WARNING
When this machine is used properly, the working efficiency will be increased safety
and without failures.
On the contrary, when machine is used improperly, unexpected accidents and failures
will be caused.
Operate machine correctly following the Labor Safety and other similar acts and,
further, operates safety according to machine performance.
1. Most of accidents, which occur during operation, are due to neglect of precautionary measure
and safety rules.
So sufficient care should be taken to avoid these accidents.
2. Erroneous driving operation, lubrication or maintenance services are very dangerous and may
cause injury or death personnel. Thus precautionary measures or notes written in this manual
should be read and understood well by personnel before starting each task.
Moreover safety signs, on which warnings are written, are affixed to machine.
Read them carefully to prevent injury or accidents involving personnel at the site.
3. It is very difficult for us to forecast every danger that may occur during operation.
However, operating machine according to methods recommended by Furukawa can ensure
safety.
Besides, while operating machine, be sure to perform work with greatest care so, as not is
damage machine or let accidents occur.
4. Be sure to check machine before operation and periodically to use machine safety and prevent
possible failures.
Especially, be sure to check water and oil levels. Replace oil and filter elements periodically.
Use genuine Furukawa parts.
5. The specification values and numerical values in this manual are described in Le Système
International d’Unités (SI Units), the units commonly use with SI Units and the units available to
use with SI Units.
0-4
Safety Information
Safety signs and messages are classified as follows so that the users can understand the warnings
on the machine or in this manual.
DANGER
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death
or serious injury.
This signal word is to be limited to the most extreme situations.
WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death
or serious injury.
CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor
or moderate injury.
It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.
NOTICE
Signs used to indicate a statement of company policy directly or indirectly related to
the safety of personnel or protection of property.
DANGER or WARNING should not be considered for property damage accidents unless personal
injury risk appropriate to these levels is also involved.
★ CAUTION (and NOTICE) is permitted for property-damage-only accidents.
We can't totally anticipate in detail where and what dangers exists.

The safety signs and messages include “prevention measures which should be taken to avoid
danger”.
When operating the machine and performing checks and maintenance, which are not specified in this
manual, please consider the “safety measures for working” in accordance with your responsibility.
0-5
Safety Information
Drilling Method
Machine is classified into two specifications for drilling methods.
One is “pull-drilling specification” and the other “push-drilling specification”.

In pull-drilling specification, operate the rotation and impact switches and then tilts the control grip to
this side to perform drilling.
In push-drilling specification, tilt the control grip forward to perform drilling.
★ For control grip operation, refer to 3.6.1 “Control Grip”.
To prevent a wrong operation of control grip, an aluminum operation plate (1) is adhered to the drilling
control box and a safety sign (2) to the pressure gauge box.
The operation plate (1) indicates “pull-drilling specification” or

“push-drilling specification”.
3
17308042
171PL016
0-6
Safety Information
Machine Direction
In this manual, the positions and lateral and longitudinal directions of the machine are described as
viewed toward the front from the operator’s seat.
Front
Left Right
172EDⅢ001
Rear
0-7
Safety Information
Running-in Operation
This machine is adjusted and inspected sufficiently before delivery, but its function will be
deteriorated to shorten the service life if it is used forcedly from the first.
Carry out “Running-in operation” for initial 100 hours (indicated by the engine hour meter) as being
careful about the following.
After the engine start, warm-up the engine for about three minutes of idling.
Sufficiently warm the hydraulic oil until automatic heating is completed.
Before any drilling work, perform the warm-up operation of the drifter.
Avoid sudden starting, sudden acceleration, sudden stopping or sudden turning.
0-8
Machine Serial Numbers
When ordering spare parts or in case of repair, inform us Machine Model and Serial Number.
The serial number nameplate (1) is located on the frame at the lower left of the cab.
0-9
Safety Signs
WARNING
Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machine safety signs.
Keep safety signs in good condition.
Replace damaged or discolored safety signs.
On the safety signs affixed on the machine there are descriptions of the precautions and handling
methods needed to prevent accident caused by malfunction in operation or carelessness in
inspections and maintenance.
Operate, inspect, and maintain as directed by the safety signs as well as by this instruction manual.
★ For the part numbers of the safety signs, English safety sign numbers are indicated.
Order the safety signs at your nearest distributor.
In the Cab
1. 090200-04854
172PL053
2. 090200-04346
3. 090200-04354
2
4. 090200-04810 4
5. 090200-04353
6. 090200-06566
6
5 3
0-10
Safety Signs
7. 090200-06188 (pull-drilling specification)

090200-06199 (push-drilling specification)
★ The safety sign is affixed according to the type of drilling
method.
172PL055
8. 090200-04352
172PL056
9. 090200-04798
10. 090200-04852
10
9
172PL057
11. 090200-04668
12. 090200-04392
13. 090200-04270 11
12 13
172PL058
0-11
Safety Signs
14. 090200-04810
14
172PL059
Outside of the Cab

1. 090200-04378
2. 090200-04381
3. 090200-04391
1
4. 090200-04741
★ They are affixed on the left side of the cab. 2
4
172PL013
5. 090200-04380
★ It is affixed on the right side of the cab.
0-12
Safety Signs
Working Equipment
Food Pad
1. 090200-04381
2. 090200-04378
Boom
1. 090200-04741
2. 090200-04379
3. 090200-04747
1 173PL055
Rotator (If Equipped)

1. 090200-06213
173PL033
0-13
Safety Signs
Left Side of the Machine

1. 090200-04389
2. 090200-04798
3. 090200-04387 2 3 4
4. 090200-04380
5. 090200-04849
6. 090200-04850
6 7 8
7. 090200-06069 5
8. 090200-04386
9. 090200-06245
10. 090200-04668-2
★ They are affixed on the control panel inside the engine left
side cover.
10
0-14
Safety Signs
11. 090200-04271
12. 090200-04270
11
13. 090200-04269
14. 090200-06069 12
★ They are affixed on the receiver tank inside the engine left
side cover. 13
14
Right Side of the Machine

1. 090200-06245
2. 090200-04366
3. 090200-04849 2 1
4. 090200-04849
4
5. 090200-04850
6. 090200-04798 5
6
7. 090200-04380
8. 090200-04387 7
9. 090200-06069 8
9
10. 090200-06069
11. 090200-04392
★ They are affixed on the dust collector inside the engine's
right side cover.
10
11
0-15
Safety Signs
Rear of the Machine

1. 090200-04380
2. 090200-04387
3. 090200-04850
4. 090200-06069
5. 090200-04798
1
4
2
54
3
絵を変更→
6. 090200-04388
7. 090200-06069
★ When the over is opened, they are affixed on the right side
7
of the battery.
6
Top of the Machine

1. 090200-04850
2. 090200-06069
3. 090200-06060
0-16
Safety Signs
4. 090200-06245
★ It is affixed on the hydraulic tank cover.
Travel Device
1. 090200-04371
★ It is affixed on the each side of the track frame.
0-17
Contents
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 0-1

Foreword ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 0-3
Safety Information ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 0-4
Machine Serial Numbers ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 0-9
Safety Signs ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 0-10
Contents ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 0-18
Safety
1. Safety Precautions ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-1-1

1.1 Safety Management ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-1-1
1.2 Avoid Hazards Before Engine Start ･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-2-1
1.3 Avoid Hazards After Engine Start ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-3-1
1.4 Avoid Hazards Operate Safely ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-4-1
1.5 Avoid Hazards When Parking ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-5-1
1.6 Avoid Hazards When Towing ････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-6-1
1.7 Avoid Hazards When Transporting ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-7-1
1.8 Safety Precautions Before Maintenance ･･････････････････････････････････････････ 1-8-1
1.9 Safety Precautions During Maintenance ･･････････････････････････････････････････ 1-9-1
1.10 Safety Precautions After Maintenance･･････････････････････････････････････････ 1-10-1
Operation
2. Specifications ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-1-1

2.1 Component Names ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-1-1
2.2 Specifications ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-2-1
3. Operator’s Station ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-1

3.1 Throttle Switch Box ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-1-1
3.2 Indicator Box ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-2-1
3.2.1 Lamp Assembly････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-2-1
3.2.2 Compressor Discharge Air Temp Gauge ･･････････････････････････････････ 3-2-6
3.2.3 Hydraulic Oil Temp Gauge ･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-2-6
3.2.4 Engine Monitor ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-2-7
3.3 Travel Levers ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-3-1
3.3.1 Travel Levers ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-3-1
3.3.2 Oscillating Lock Mechanism ･････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-3-3
3.4 Safety Lock Lever ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-4-1
0-18
3.5 Emergency Stop Button ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-5-1
3.6 Drilling Control Box ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-6-1
3.6.1 Control Grip ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-6-4
3.6.2 Hydraulic Cylinder Control Panel ･････････････････････････････････････････ 3-6-9
3.6.3 Handling of Air-Conditioner ･････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-6-12
3.7 Drilling Console Box ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-7-1
3.7.1 Control Panel･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-7-1
3.7.2 Switch Panel ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-7-6
3.8 Rod Changer Control ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-8-1
3.8.1 Rod Changer Control Lever ･････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-8-3
3.8.2 Rod Changer Individual Control Panel ････････････････････････････････････ 3-8-5
3.9 Pressure Gauges ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-9-1
3.10 Pressure Adjusting Handles ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-10-1
3.11 Operator’s Seat ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-11-1
3.11.1 Seat Adjustment ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-11-1
3.11.2 Seat Belt Adjustment (If Equipped) ･････････････････････････････････････ 3-11-5
3.12 Operator’s Cab ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-12-1
3.13 Accessories in Cab ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-13-1
4. Running Operation ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-1-1

4.1 Daily Inspection ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-1-1
4.1.1 Before Starting the Engine ･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-1-3
4.2 Operation of Engine ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-2-1
4.2.1 Before Starting the Engine ･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-2-1
4.2.2 Starting the Engine ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-2-3
4.2.3 Check After Starting the Engine ･･････････････････････････････････････････ 4-2-5
4.2.4 Stopping the Engine ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-2-14
4.3 Automatic Heating of Hydraulic Oil ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-3-1
4.4 Traveling the Machine ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-4-1
4.4.1 Traveling Posture ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-4-2
4.4.2 Starting ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-4-3
4.4.3 Direction Control ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-4-5
4.4.4 Stopping the Machine ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-4-7
4.5 Parking the Machine ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-5-1
4.5.1 Locking ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-5-3
4.6 Drilling Work ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-6-1
4.6.1 Preparation for Drilling ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-6-1
4.6.2 Collaring ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-6-3
4.6.3 Regular Drilling ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-6-6
4.6.4 Using Anti-Jamming Controller ･･･････････････････････････････････････････ 4-6-9
4.6.5 End of Drilling Work ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-6-10
4.7 Rod Changer Operation ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-7-1
4.7.1 Pull-drilling Specification ････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-7-2
4.7.2 Push-drilling Specification ･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-7-18
0-19
4.8 Auto Greaser ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-8-1
5. Transporting ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-1-1

5.1 Loading Machine on a Trailer ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-1-1
5.2 Towing ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-2-1
5.3 Lifting Procedure ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-3-1
6. Electrical Equipment ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-1-1

6.1 Control Panel ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-1-1
6.1.1 Emergency Run Switch ･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-1-3
6.1.2 Energy Saving Mode ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-1-4
6.1.3 Impact Timer (If Equipped) ･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-1-5
6.2 Fuses ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-2-1
6.3 Battery Servicing ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-3-1
6.3.1 Replace Batteries ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-3-4
6.3.2 Using Booster Batteries ･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-3-6
6.4 Battery Cut Switch (If Equipped) ･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-4-1
6.5 Emergency Stop System (If Equipped) ･･･････････････････････････････････････････ 6-5-1
7. In Cold Climate Area ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-1
8. Storage for Long Periods ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 8-1
9. Troubleshooting ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-1

9.1 Emergency Escape Selector Valve ･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-1-1
Maintenance
10. General Safety Instructions ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 10-1
11. Fuels and Lubricants ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 11-1-1

11.1 Emergency Measures ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 11-1-1
11.2 Fuel ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 11-2-1
11.3 Lubricating Oil ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 11-3-1
11.3.1 Engine Oil ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 11-3-2
11.3.2 Hydraulic Oil ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 11-3-3
11.3.3 Gear Oil ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 11-3-4
11.3.4 Compressor Oil ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 11-3-4
11.3.5 Grease ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 11-3-5
11.4 Oil Supply Pump ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 11-4-1
12. Coolants･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 12-1
0-20
13. Refill Capacities ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 13-1
14. Maintenance Interval Schedule ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-1

14.1 When Required ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-1-1
14.2 First Maintenance ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-2-1
14.3 Periodic Maintenance / 50 Hours ･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-3-1
14.4 Periodic Maintenance / 250 Hours ･････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-4-1
14.5 Periodic Maintenance / 500 Hours ･････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-5-1
14.6 Periodic Maintenance / 1000 Hours ････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-6-1
15. Periodical Replacement of Maintenance Parts ･･････････････････････････････････････ 15-1
16. Special Equipment ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 16-1

16.1 IMS (If Equipped) ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 16-1
16.2 Rear View Surveillance Camera Operation(If Equipped) ････････････････････････････ 16-5
16.3 Electric Angle Indicator (If Equipped) ･････････････････････････････････････････････ 16-9
0-21
Safety
1. Safety Precautions
1.1 Safety Management
Importance of Personal Self-Management

If your physical condition is not sound you might make the wrong decision at a dangerous
moment.
Never operate the machine if you have not had enough sleep or if your physical condition is not
satisfactory.
Follow the Rules on Site

Only trained and qualified person can operate the machine.
A designated operator should only operate the machine.
The operator of the machine should be thoroughly instructed in its operation before work
begins.
Create a work plan for the job: prepare daily and monthly work reports to record work
progress.
Make very sure of the blasting time and place and of the escape zone.
When another relieves the machine operator the latter should be informed orally or in
writing of the machine condition.
When guiding personnel is arranged, decide on the signs. The operator should follow the
signs of the guide.
Wear Safe and Protective Clothing

Wear working clothing of the right size, so that it is not
snagged or rolled by the operation levers or projecting
sections.
Never wear oily work clothes: they are highly flammable.
When operating, wear protective clothing such as
helmet, protective glasses, earplugs, and dust-proof
mask and safety shoes.
According to the nature of the operation, wear the
required protective clothing, such as insulated clothes,
protective gloves, and safety belt.
SS-002
1-1-1
Safety Management
Prepare First Aid Kit

Decide a storage location for a fire extinguisher and first
aid kit and know how to administer first aid.
Read the instruction manual for the fire extinguisher in
advance. Be sure to understand its type and use.
Decide a contact address and method of communication
in case of emergency: keep a telephone No. list at hand.
SS-003
Keep the “Safety Signs” Clean

The safety signs and nameplates affixed to the machine
describe the precautions in handling.
Follow instructions whenever the machine is operated,
inspected, or maintained.
If the safety sign has damaged or discolored, affix a new

safety sign.
SS-004
No Modifications
If a trouble occurred or if the machine is disassembled and repaired, or modification is
required, contact your nearest distributor.
We are not responsible for indemnity of any accident or breakdown (directly or indirectly)
caused by unapproved modification (including disassembly and repair).
Use Furukawa Genuine Parts

No irregularity caused by unapproved components is covered by warranty.
Our company takes no responsibility for any irregularity, breakdown, or accident, caused by
the use of an unapproved component. When a component is changed, use only “Furukawa
Genuine Parts” as listed on the parts list.
1-1-2
Safety Management
Beware of Fire
All oils including fuel are flammable. If near to fire, they in turn will catch fire.
When supplying the fuel or lubricants, stop the engine beforehand.
Do not smoke or put fire in the place where oil is supplied.
Store fuel and lubricants in well-ventilated place and let nobody except designated
personnel go there.
Do not check fuel or oil leakage with naked flame of match or lighter.
When degradation of hydraulic piping or oil hoses and any non-conformity such as oil
leakage or hose is found, repair or replace immediately．
SS-034 SS-005
Use Safety Equipment Correctly

Do not remove or modify safety equipment.
If safety equipment is used incorrectly, it might cause a dangerous accident resulting in injury
or death.
Escape in Emergency
The machine where the ROPS/FOPS cab is mounted is equipped with a safety hammer for
escape in emergency.
If the door cannot be opened, the operator can escape from the cab by breaking the front or
rear glass with the safety hammer.
When the glass is broken with the safety hammer, wear protective glasses.
SS-008 SS-009
1-1-3
Avoid Hazards Before Engine Start
1.2 Avoid Hazards Before Engine Start
Secure Onsite Safety

Before operation, check the topography, geographical
features and road conditions in the operation site and record
them.
For a dangerous zone in which the mount might
collapse, take measures such as “KEEP OUT” or
arrange for guiding personnel.
Do not allow anybody except associated personnel to
enter the operation site.
If the ground becomes soft after rain a landslide might
occur due to the mass or vibration of the machine.
Approach the soft or weakened ground only with great
care.
When drilling close to a soil wall there is a danger that
falling stones or collapse may cause serious injury or
death. Remove fragmented rocks carefully before the
Ｒ
operation. ＤＡＮＧＥ
On sites near power lines or high-tension cables,
contact the Power Company in advance and keep
sufficient distance between the machine and lines or
cables.
Level the Ground

With an inclined ground or mount, great stability change might cause the machine to fall.
Arrange and level the ground before bringing in the machine.
Launch the machine on solid and level ground.
Beware of Underground Utilities

If drilling in urban districts make sure of the positions of
such underground utilities as gas pipes, water pipes,
sewage pipes and cables. If underground utilities are
damaged get advises from the managing company.
If a gas pipe is damaged warn the workers around and
instruct not to use naked flames.
If you look at the cross section of a cut optical fiber
cable, you might be blinded or your eyes damaged.
Do not look at the cross section of an optical fiber cable.
SS-055
1-2-1
Prevention of Fire
If inflammables such as dry leaves and waste paper are
allowed to accumulate, they might cause a fire.
Clear any such inflammables from around engine and
compressor.
Oil leakage might cause fire. Inspect the piping and
hoses in the fuel and hydraulic oil lines and immediately
repair or replace any non-conformity such as oil leakage
or hose degradation.
SS-006
No smoking while filling fuel or oil.
Inspection before Operation

Performing the daily inspection before starting daily work can prevent troubles or failures
prevented in advance.
Inspect the surrounding and lower part of the machine for oil leakage, missing bolts and nuts,
conditions of the working equipment and hydraulic system.
If any non-conformity is found in the daily inspection, always repair and adjust it before the
engine start.
Get On/Off Machine Carefully

Before getting on the machine, check around and behind the machine and make sure that
there are no workers or obstacles.
If any worker is standing in the way of the machine, move them out of the way to a safe
place.
Completely wipe any dirt or oil on the handrails, steps, or floor; if slippery you might fall.
Wipe any dirt or oil from the soles of your shoes before getting on the machine.
When getting on or off the machine, constantly face the machine and support yourself by
three or more points, using handrails and steps.
Do not jump off or on the machine. Get on or off the machine only when it is stopped
completely.
SS-012
1-2-2
Clean Around Operator’s Seat

Do not leave tools or component sin the cab because
they might hinder operation.
Wipe dirt or oil from floor, levers, or seat, because it
might cause mistakes in operation or other malfunction.
Wipe dirt from the surfaces of windows and mirrors and
always keep them clean.
SS-011
Safety Check before Engine Start

Adjust the operator’s seat to a proper position.
Make sure the light turns on normally.
Make sure the horn sounds normally.
Perform the lamp test so that there is no burnout monitor lamp on the electric monitor.
Start from the Operator’s Station

Only the operator can get on the machine.
It is very dangerous for another person to get on the
machine, because it might disturb operation or cause an
overturn. Do not take any other person on the machine
or in the cab.
Start the engine after sitting in the operator’s seat.
When the engine is started, warning horn to draw
attention of the workers around.
SS-013
1-2-3
Use the Seat Belt

Use the seat belt if the operator’s seat is equipped with it.
Make sure that the fixture of the seat belt is not
loosened before using it.
Replace the seat belt if there is a feathery place or
damage on the appearance or if the fixture is deformed.
SS-060
Dangerous Exhaust Gas

Start the engine in the place ventilated as well as
possible.
Fully ventilate the room for preventing gas poisoning
when starting the engine indoors.
SS-015
1-2-4
Avoid Hazards After Engine Start
1.3 Avoid Hazards After Engine Start
Performance Check of Emergency Stopping

The emergency system immediately stops the engine in an emergency.
After the engine is started, press the emergency stop button to make sure that the engine
is stopped immediately.
In the machine equipped with an emergency stop system; make sure that the engine is
stopped immediately by activating the emergency stop system after the engine is started.
After Starting the Engine

Immediately after the engine is started, do not operate the traveling levers or working
equipment, but make sure of the condition of the machine.
Check if any monitor lamp on the electric monitor or any warning lamp on the engine switch
box is ON.
Make sure there is no abnormal vibration, revolution or engine noise.
Warming-up
The engine warm-up gradually raises the temperature of the water and oil to optimal levels,
and distributes lubricating oil to all parts of the engine.
Warm up the engine and hydraulic system before operation.
During automatic heating of hydraulic oil, do not operate the

machine until the Hydraulic Oil Temperature Low monitor
lamp is turned OFF.
17314011
1-3-1
Avoid Hazards, Operate Safely
1.4 Avoid Hazards Operate Safely
Check the Drilling Method

There are two drilling methods.
In “pull-drilling specification”, you perform drilling by pulling the control grip to the operator side
and in “push-drilling specification”, by pushing it forward.
Before operating the control grip, check the drilling method.
Care in Levers/Switches Operation

Do not operation levers and switches abruptly when the engine speed is high, otherwise the
machine may fall down or the boom, guide shell and other working equipment may be broken.
Carefully operate the touch switches on the hydraulic cylinder control panel and check the
movement of the equipment so that there is no destabilization.
Be careful not to contact the guide shell with the cabin.
Move the traveling levers slowly checking all conditions.
Travel the Machine Safely

When the machine is to travel set it to the “Traveling Posture”.
When the traveling speed switch is changed over, temporarily stop the machine and make
sure there is no person or obstacle before further operation.
Arrange for a guide in place when visibility is bad: the operator must follow the guide's
signals.
Traveling Posture
1-4-1
Avoid Hazards When Backing

The rear of the machine is a particularly hard for the operator to see.
Careless backing may cause an accident resulting in injury or death from “catching”, “crushing”
or “flattening”.
Do not back the machine without having made sure that no workers or obstacles are in the
way.
172SS003
Avoid Hazards When Traveling on Unleveled Ground

Do not manipulate the travel levers too much when on soft or frozen ground, and take the
greatest precautions against sticking or slipping.
When the machine is moved over unleveled ground, do so at a low speed and avoid
sudden direction changes.
Move the machine so as to avoid such obstacles as rolling rocks, as much as possible.
If you ride across an obstacle during traveling due to unavoidable circumstances, lower the
traveling speed, and ride across it at the center of the track shoes.
After rain, take care of unstable rises in or shoulders of roads: only approach such places
with extreme care.
172SS004
1-4-2
Avoid Hazards When Going Up and Down Slopes

When the machine is to go up a slope, first stop and set the traveling speed switch to
OFF/Low traveling position.
While going up/down the slope, do not change the traveling speed switch or throttle switch.
When the machine is to go down a slope, adjust the speed using the travel levers and
sufficiently reduce speed.
If the machine is to go diagonally across a slope or parallel to a slope, there could be
“overturn” or “side slide”.
On inclined ground, always move the machine at an angle of 90 degree to the slope.
172SS005
Conform to the Water Depth

First pump out any water hole or spring coming from underground source.
When the machine is moved through the water, check the depth and bottom of the water and
do not splash the water on the lower end of the track frame.
After the machine has traveled through water, completely dry out the lower portion of the
machine.
172EDⅢ002
1-4-3
Protection from Drill Noise

Drilling without wearing the noise-proof protective gear
might damage hearing.
Wear noise-proof protection gear such as earplugs and
earmuffs.
Close the cab door.
SS-016
Take Dust Preventive Measures

Inhalation of dust for a long time might affect health and
lead to pneumoconiosis.
Wear a specified dust-proof mask when drilling.
Operate the machine from the windward if possible in
order to avoid inhaling dust.
Pay closest attention to the wind direction and also to
the position and direction of the machine in order not to
inhale engine exhaust gas.
SS-017
Set Up Track Shoes to the Ground

The base where the machine is landed should be as level
as possible.
Make sure that both track shoes touch the ground when the
moving such equipment as the boom and guide shell.
SS-018
1-4-4
Avoid Hazards When Storing the Rod

The rod is heavy.
When storing or picking up the rod, lift it by using a suitable machine such as a crane.
For storing the rod, use agreed hand signals to determine the actions between the
operators of the machine and the rod, while maintaining a good communication during the
operation.
Do not touch the rod when moving the working equipment.
Avoid Hazards When Attaching/Removing the Bit or Sleeve

Do not touch any rotation parts such as the rod or shank rod during the drifter operation;
otherwise your finger or other part of your body might be caught.
Screw the bit or sleeve after the drifter has stopped.
When the sleeve is attached or removed with the centralizer closed or opened, take the
greatest care not to be caught by the centralizer.
The sleeve and shank rod are very hot during or immediately after the drilling operation.
Do not touch the sleeve or shank rod until their temperature is lowered to the normal
condition.
SS-022
1-4-5
Avoid Hazards When Drilling

Before drilling, make sure no persons are around the spot.
During the drilling, do not travel or move the working equipment with the rod inserted.
During the operation of the drifter, do not touch the rotating parts such as the rod and the
sleeve, which might cause a “rolled-on” or “snagged” accident.
Keep away from the drifter or guide shell during the drilling. Failure to do so may case a
“rolled-on” or “cut” accident by the feed chain.
During the drilling, or when the drifter is moving forward or backward, do not touch the
guide shell or put your hand between the guide shell and the rod.
Do not put your hand around the foot pad or put your hand or foot under the bit. Failure to
do so may cause a serious “caught-in” or “crushing” accident.
SS-019 SS-020 SS-021
Avoid Getting Caught-in When Moving the Rod Changer

During the operation of the rod changer, keep away from the
moving parts such as the roller, carrier, sleeve and clamp.
Failure to do so may case a serious “caught-in” or “crushing”
accident.
SS-058
1-4-6
Avoid Hazards When Attaching/Removing the Rod

The rod is heavy.
When attaching or removing the rod, lift it by using a suitable machine such as a crane.
The temperature of the sleeve and the shank rod is high during or immediately after the
drilling operation. Do not touch the sleeve or shank rod until their temperature is lowered to
the normal condition
Keep away from the centralizer when the sleeve is attached/removed with the centralizer
closed/opened. If not, your hand might be caught in the centralizer, resulting in a serious
“caught-in” or “cutting” accident.
SS-022 SS-023
Good Visibility
Wipe all oil or dust from the cab windows.
When visibility is bad, due to dust, rain or wind, stop the operation and wait until visibility is
restored.
In dark places, where good visibility cannot be secured even with the machine lighting lamp
on, provide an adequate external lighting facility.
1-4-7
Don’t Use the Machine Except for Specified Work

If the machine is wrongly used for other than specified work, it might cause an accident with
injury or breakdown. Never use the machine in that way.
If the crane operation (lifting a load) is performed with the chain or wire suspended from the
working equipment, it might cause an accident resulting in injury or death.
When the load is lifted, use the lifting machine such as a crane.
172SS006
Avoid Power Lines

If the power line or high-tension cable is approached or touched, it might cause an accident
resulting in injury or death.
If operating is close to a high-tension cable, contact the
Power Company in advance and keep sufficient distance
between the machine and cable.
On sites with power lines nearby, make the workers and
guides wear properly insulated protection wear, such as
shoes with rubber or leather soles.
When drilling or when the machine is moved, arrange
the supervisor and guides so that the operator can see
clearly. The operation should follow the signals of the
supervisor and guides.
Conform to all regulations of local and national
governments on safe distances from power lines.
SS-024
1-4-8
Dealing with Electric Shock

If you get an electric shock, do not panic but do as follows:
The operator should warn nearby workers: “Don't touch the machine” and do not move.
When the operator is to escape from the machine, he must not touch the handrails or
steps, but jump away from the machine as far as possible, while following the instructions
of the supervisor or guides.
The supervisor and guides should contact the Power or Management Company to ask
them to stop the power and give some guidance on emergency reaction.
After the operator who got an electric shock has been attended, remove the cause of the
charging of the machine and make sure that it is no longer charged.
To prevent secondary disaster, make the workers around the machine evacuate and make
sure that no worker approaches the machine.
Avoid Thunder Strike

If lightning strikes on the machine can cause not only the
operator but also the guides and supervisor be injured or
killed.
While lightening strike threatens, stop operation and place
the machine in the traveling posture.
Until the lightening threat passes, keep away from the

machine and take refuge in a safe place.
SS-070
Contact the Distributor for Maintenance

If a trouble occurred or if disassembly and repairs are needed, contact your nearest
distributor.
When the CAUTION lamps are lit, place the machine in a safe place and perform the
inspection maintenance.
If any abnormality is found in the machine, report it to the manager and place the machine
out of service until it is cleared.
1-4-9
Avoid Hazards When Parking
1.5 Avoid Hazards When Parking
Park Safely
When the machine is to be parked, select a firm and flat surface and place the machine in
the “traveling posture” or place the guide shell in the down position and press the end of
the foot pad against the ground.
If the machine is to be parked on a slope unavoidably, apply the stopper to the track shoes.
Clear of flammable and hazardous matter such as oily material and dry leaves from around
the machine when parking.
Do not park the machine in any such hazardous places as the soft ground, the shoulder of
the path and the near the bench site threatened by falling rocks and collapse..
172SS007
Leave the Machine Safely

When leaving the operator’s station, place the safety lock lever in the LOCK position.
Stop the engine and pull out the starter switch key. Store the key in the right place.
Lock the cab door, control panel cover and engine covers.
Safety Lock Lever
17314093
1-5-1
Avoid Hazards When Towing
1.6 Avoid Hazards When Towing
Incorrect towing is very dangerous and might cause accidents resulting in injury or death.
When the towing vehicle is connected to the machine, follow the guide's signals and make
sure there are no workers around.
Use a tow wire rope of 1.5 times or more of the strength needed to tow a vehicle of the
mass of the machine to be towed.
Do not use a twisted or kinked wire rope.
Do not use a chain to tow the machine because a link might break.
Move and set the wire rope so that the coupling section of the tractor is aligned with the
hitch on the machine.
Before towing, make sure there is nobody between the tractor and the machine.
If the tractor moves suddenly the wire rope might break.
Operate the tractor slowly and at a steady speed.
Do not tow the machine on a slope because the machine can move out of control under its
own mass.
Hitch
SS-025
1-6-1
Avoid Hazards When Transporting
1.7 Avoid Hazards When Transporting
Check Conditions on the Travel Route

When the machine is to be transported, use a trailer or truck suitable for the transporting
construction machinery.
Check the travel route for the road conditions, i.e. the rod width, overpass etc. Also, check any
bridges for the regulating weight limits.
Obey the local laws regulating the weight, width and length of the load. Also, observe all
regulations of the wide loads.
Avoid Hazards When Loading/Unloading the Machine

Loading/unloading the machine can be somewhat dangerous so take the greatest care.
Stop the trailer on a level and firm place on the road: apply the brakes and the stopper to
the wheels.
Use a ramp of sufficient length, width, and strength and also with claws so that it does not
come off the trailer bed. Fix the ramps on the trailer bed so that the slope is 15 degrees or
less.
Wipe off any dirt or oil on the ramps and trailer bed.
Set the traveling speed switch to OFF/Low traveling position.
Set the machine in the traveling posture and move it according to the instructions of the
guides. Load the machine on the trailer, taking the greatest care that it’s placing on the
trailer bed is not skewed.
If the placing position changes, make the machine go down and change its direction.
Then load the machine onto the trailer bed.
After the loading, apply the stopper to the track shoes so that it cannot move during the
transport, and secure it onto the trailer with the wire ropes.
1-7-1
Safety Precautions Before Maintenance
1.8 Safety Precautions Before Maintenance
Practice Safety Maintenance

Do not let anybody except for associated personnel enter the inspection and maintenance
area.
Always keep the work place orderly, and clean and dry.
Before operation, the operator should be trained in safety work procedures.
During operation, two or more workers should always be present and one of them should
direct and secure the workers' safety.
When maintenance of the machine is done at the same time as attachment installation and
removal, then follow the instructions of the supervisor and decide upon the specific signals
with all the workers. All this needs a sound mutual understanding.
If oil or grease is not removed, or if tools are left on the floor or the machine, accidents
such as falling or dropping may occur.
Always check the tools to be used. Do not use tools such as dull-edge spanners,
folded-edge hammers or chipped drivers.
Dropping the tools or parts onto the machine can cause machine breakage or lead to
accidents.
Do not anything, which is not necessary for inspections in a pocket.
When a component is replaced, use only the Furukawa genuine parts in the parts list.
SS-061
SS-028
Observe Safety Signs

The safety signs give important precautions.
Follow the instructions whenever the machine is operated,
inspected, or maintained.
SS-065
1-8-1
Perform Inspection at Flat Place

Stop the machine on a firm flat surface such as the service shop floor and prepare the
operation equipment. Apply the stopper to the track shoes.
Stop the engine and pull out the starter switch key.
Place the safety lock lever in the LOCK position.
Wear Protective Clothing

Before performing inspection maintenance, wear a suitable protective clothing.
Wear the right sized working clothes so that they're not snagged or caught in the operation
levers or projecting sections. As oily clothing catches fire, never wear it.
When working, wear protective gear such as helmet, protective glasses, earplugs, and
dust-proof mask and safety shoes.
When a pin is inserted or withdrawn by hammering, metal and coating fragments are
spread. Wear protective glasses.
Depending on the nature of the work, wear proper protective gear, such as insulated
protective gear, protective gloves and safety belt.
SS-002 SS-030
Clean the Machine before Inspection

Wash out the machine before performing inspection
maintenance, to facilitate the check out.
Remove any oil or grease and clean level gauges.
Keep dust out.
Take extreme care not to wet the control panel, battery,
or electrical equipment, which might cause a short circuit
or malfunction.
SS-031
1-8-2
Hang “WARNING Tags”

If anybody other than the operator actuates the engine or
moves operation levers by mistake, it could result in
accident, injury or death.
When performing and maintenance, hang a “WARNING
Tags” on the operator's seat and instructions about
prohibiting starting the engine and operating the levers.
If required, hang “WARNING Tags” around the machine
with thorough instructions about how to avoid any wrong
operation.
SS-062
Stop the Engine

Before performing inspections and maintenance stop the
engine and set the starter switch key to the OFF
position.
If any part of your body or any tool touches such a
rotating section as fan or fan belt, it might cause a
“caught in” or “cut” accident. Do not bring anything easily
caught close to any rotating section.
Do not open the engine covers and top cover until the
engine has completely stopped.
SS-033
Keep Fire Out

When flammables such as fuel, oil, and battery electrolyte
are handled do not let any flame or fire come near them.
Wash the components and hydraulic tank with
non-flammable solvent.
Use explosion-proof type lighting.
Prepare such fire extinguishing equipment as a fire
extinguisher.
SS-006
1-8-3
Handle Fuel and Lubricants Safely

Before supplying fuel and lubricants, stop the engine.
Supply fuel and lubricants in a well-ventilated place.
Do not put fire near the machine while supplying fuel and lubricants.
Wipe away the spilt fuel and lubricants carefully.
SS-034
1-8-4
Safety Precautions During Maintenance
1.9 Safety Precautions During Maintenance
Two Persons or More when Maintenance with Running Engine

Do not perform inspections and maintenance while the
engine is running.
When maintenance with running engine is unavoidable,
use two persons or more to safely perform the
maintenance
One person should sit in the operator’s seat to readily
stop the engine at any time.
Take the greatest care that no finger or other part of
your body is caught in the rotating parts.
SS-035
Beware of Internal Pressure

The hydraulic tank is pressurized.
When the hydraulic oil is supplied or drained away or when the hoses/parts are
disconnected/removed from the hydraulic tank, open the handle on the top of the hydraulic
tank to release the pressure from the hydraulic tank.
When the engine has stopped, the air in the receiver tank is released from outside at the
automatic relief valve. When inspecting and during maintenance on the pneumatic
equipment, wait for 5 minutes or more until the air in the receiver tank is all released.
SS-036
1-9-1
Beware of Coolant Temperature

If the cap of the reservoir tank is opened when the engine is
hot, hot steam and water burst out and might cause
scalding.
Check the coolant in the reservoir tank before starting
the engine and after it has dropped to normal
temperature.
Check the cooling system only after the engine has
stopped and the radiator has cooled down to a normal
temperature.
When the cap of the reservoir tank is to be opened,
place a cloth over the cap and gradually release the
inside pressure. SS-037
Secure Drop-Prevention Measures

Maintenance under the machine can cause crushing injury
or death.
Do not service, perform maintenance or make
adjustments under the machine without secure supports.
Do not stand under the boom or guide shell.
Put down the guide shell on the ground or hold it with
the safely props or wooden blocks.
SS-038
Don’t Get on Covers

When you have to open the engine side covers, top
cover or rear cover for inspection and repair, secure the
covers with the stoppers.
Slipping can occur easily on the top cover or the opened
cover, which may cause you to drop. Do not get on the
covers.
Do not get on the engine top cover.
The cover may also be damaged.
SS-059
1-9-2
Cleaning Precautions
If the operator inhales dust over a long time, the operator’s
health might be affected and the operator might contract
pneumoconiosis.
When cleaning the dust collector or the machine, wear a
dust-proof mask.
When using compressed air, wear protective glasses
and clothing that withstand the pressure.
SS-015
Don’t Climb on the Working Equipment

Do not climb on the working equipment such as the guide
shell, the boom and the drifter.
Falling from the equipment may cause serious injury or
death.
Place the guide shell in the horizontal position and lower it
down on the ground.
SS-039
Handle the Drifter Accumulator Safely

If any gas except for nitrogen gas is put in the drifter
accumulator, it might explode.
Always use nitrogen gas in the drifter accumulator.
Do not hit the accumulator cover with a hammer or
loosen the cover without releasing nitrogen gas,
because it might cause the accumulator cover to blow
off.
SS-040
1-9-3
Adjust Track Shoes Tension Safely

The pressure inside the track shoes to adjust the cylinder is
very high.
When the track shoes tension is made low, do not
loosen the lubricating valve more than three revolutions.
Do not peep into the grease outlet to check the grease
discharge. The grease can suddenly jet out from the
outlet.
SS-041
Beware of Pressurized Oil

If fatigued or deteriorated hose is used, the pressurized oil
might burst out.
Pressurized oil invades into your skin.
When pinhole oil leak is checked, do not touch it directly
with your hand, but check it with cardboard or wooden
sheeting.
If you come into contact with the pressurized oil, get
medical treatment immediately. If oil invades your skin,
you might get gangrene unless it is removed within
hours.
SS-042
Burn Hazards
Immediately after the engine is stopped, all temperatures
are high. If you touch some related part of the equipment
with bare hand, it might cause burn or injury.
Before performing inspections maintenance, make sure all
related parts are cooled.
SS-022
1-9-4
Precautions When Draining Oil

Always put a large clean oil pan and drain oil in the pan
when replacing the oil or oil filter. Do not reuse the drained
oil and filter.
SS-
Precautions When Adding Fuel or Oil

Make sure the engine is stopped and there is no fire or
smoke around the machine when adding fuel or oil.
Use clean oil or grease. Also, use a clean container not
to allow dirt or dust to enter.
Use the fuel or lubricant with proper viscosity suitable for
the ambient air temperature.
Use a strainer, if available on the oil inlet, when
replenishing.
Replace the whole amount of oil if different brand oil is
used.
SS-034
1-9-5
Service Batteries Carefully

Battery gas can explode.
Clear of smoke, flame and sparks from the batteries.
Battery electrolyte is a dilute sulfuric acid solution, so
avoid contact with eyes, skin, clothing or other metallic
surfaces.
If it contacts anything, wash it off quickly with water.
Always wear protective glasses when working with
batteries.
Keep children away from batteries.
SS-046
Don’t Use a Flame as Lighting

Do not use matches or lighters for lighting, which may cause
starting a fire or explosion.
Use a suitable lighting equipment like a flashlight to check
the fuel or battery fluid, which is generating combustible
gas.
SS-005
Weld Safely
Only qualified persons should weld.
Only qualified personnel should weld.
Welding to be in a well-equipped place.
When welding indoors, ventilate by opening windows and doors.
When welding, ground the grounding wire 1m or less from the welding site.
Do not allow any seal or bearing between the welding site and the grounding.
Lower the battery from the machine to the ground to prevent explosion.
Remove electric components to prevent error or damage.
Prepare a first aid kit and fire extinguisher to provide against unexpected accident or fire.
1-9-6
Safety Precautions After Maintenance
1.10 Safety Precautions After Maintenance
Check the Machine after Maintenance

Check that the machine operates correctly after maintenance.
After maintenance, run the engine at low idle and check whether the oil and water is
leaking or not.
Activate the compressor for check oil or air leak.
Move the operation levers and switches slowly to check their function.
Increase the engine speed and check again for oil and water leak.
Store Accessories in a Safe Place

Store such accessories as the bit, rod, and sleeve, in a
safe place so that they do not fall down.
Take safety measures against unauthorized entry by
locking the doors of the storage place so that
unauthorized persons cannot enter.
SS-044
Disposal of Waste
Do not pour waste fluid such as engine or hydraulic oils into a river or sewage system.
Always collect waste fluids from the machine in a suitable container and do not pour it
away on the ground.
Do not carelessly burn or throw away oily or greasy cloth.
Do not discard harmful waste such as fuels, oils, solvents, filters and batteries with ordinary
incombustible garbage.
Illegal disposal of waste is environmentally destructive.
Comply with applied regulations and rules for disposal of waste.
SS-045
1-10-1
Operation
2. Specifications
2.1 Component Names
6 17313043 2
17207005
172EDⅢ004
5
7 8 12
9 13
10 11
14
172EDⅢ003
1. Drifter 9. Guide Shell

2. Pre-Cleaner 10. Extension Boom
3. Rod Changer Rotator (If Equipped) 11. Fuel Tank
4. Operator’s Cab 12. Hose Reels
5. Foot Pad 13. Under Mirrors
6. Centralizer 14. Drive Motors
7. Rod Changer: Clamp (F)
8. Rod Changer: Clamp (R)
2-1-1
Specifications
2.2 Specifications
NOTICE
For values other than the specified in the specifications, contact your nearest distributor.
Model
Item HCR1200-EDⅡ
Performances
Mass of Machine 14,830 kg
Travel Speed 0 - 3.1 km/h
Maximum Traction Force 98.5kN
Maximum Grade of Hill Climb 57.7 % (30°)
Oscillating Angle ±7.5°
Ground Pressure 79.2 kPa
Drifter
Model HD712
Mass 220 kg
Overall Length 1,100 mm
Overall Width 380 mm
Overall Height 300 mm
Number of Blows 2,300 min-1
Number of Revolutions 0 - 190 min-1
Engine
Make & Model CUMMINS, QSB6.7
Type Water-cooled Direct Fuel Injection

Turbo Charged Diesel Engine
Rated Output 179 kW/2,500 min-1
Hydraulic Equipment
Variable Displacement Pump Axial Piston Pump
Fix Displacement Pump Gear Pump
Drive Motor Hydraulic Motor with Reduction Gear
2-2-1
Specifications
Model
Item HCR1200-EDⅡ
Boom
Model JE326-132
Type Extension Boom
Boom Lifting Angle: Up/Down 45°/20°
Boom Swing Angle: Right/Left 35°/5°
Boom Slide Length 1,200 mm
Guide Rotary (if equipped) 90°
Guide Shell
Model GH832-30
Overall Length 7,800 mm
Feed Length 4,620 mm
Feed Length (with Reverse Percussion) 4,440 mm
Guide Slide Length 1,200 mm
Guide Swing Angle: Right/Left 30°/90°
Guide Tilt Angle 170°
Maximum Pulling Force 29.5 kN
Feed System Hydraulic Motor Drive
Compressor
Make & Model Hokuetsu (AIR MAN), PDS265-S35D
Type Screw 1 Stage
Discharge Airflow 7.8 m3/min
Discharge Pressure 1.03 MPa
Unload Type Suction Throttle Type
Dust Collector
Model A885-30
Airflow 30 m3/min
Number of Elements 5
Dust Removal System Automatic Pulse Air jet
Suction Cap Slide Type
2-2-2
Specifications
Model
Item HCR1200-EDⅡ
Rod Changer
Model GR802-30
Number of Rods 6
Rod Length 3,660 mm (12 ft)
Electrical Equipment
Battery 12 V; 108 Ah/5 Hr × 2
Voltage DC24V
Oil Capacity
Fuel Tank 420 L
Hydraulic Tank 215 L
Bit and Rod
Drilling Hole Diameter 76 - 102 mm
Bit Profile Button, Cross and Spike
Rod Size 38R, 38H, 45R, (51R)
Rod Length 3,660 mm (12 ft)
Max Starter Rod Length 4,000 mm
Working Conditions
Working Environment Temperature - 15 - + 45°C
2-2-3
Specifications
Dimensions
Unit: mm
2-2-4
3. Operator’s Station
1 5
3 1. Travel Levers
4
2 2. Drilling Console Box
6 3. Control Grip
4. Drilling Console Box
5. Pressure Gauge Box
6. Throttle Switch Box
17214011
7. Indicator Box
(located on the upper side of the
pressure gauge box (5))
8 11
10 8. Safety Lock Lever

9. Emergency Stop Button
10. Rod Changer Individual Control
Panel
9 11. Door Lock Cancel Lever
17310071
3-1
Throttle Switch Box
3.1 Throttle Switch Box
WARNING
When the emergency relay is activated to stop the engine, do not re-start the engine
until the check and maintenance is completed.
CAUTION
When the CAUTION lamp or STOP lamp lights, place the machine out of service and
check the fault code and contact your nearest distributor to check/repair the engine.
1
1. Starter Switch
2. Engine Throttle Switch
2 3. Indication Selector Switch
1. Starter Switch
The starter switch starts or stops the engine.
O: STOP
The engine electric circuit is cut off with the starter switch key RUN
STOP
turned to the STOP (O) position and the engine stops.
START
R: RUN
The electric circuit of the machine is connected with the starter
switch key turned to the RUN position.
The PRE-HEATER lamp on the indicator box is lit during the
operation of pre-heater.
3-1-1
Throttle Switch Box
The pre-heater automatically operates when the ambient

temperature is low and the engine needs preheating so the
engine is warmed up.
HS: START
The engine starts with the starter switch key turned to the
START position.
Release the switch key immediately after the engine starts.
Result: The switch key will return to the RUN position
automatically.
2. Engine Throttle Switch

This switch adjusts the engine speed. The optimum engine
speed can be obtained with this switch. Operating the impact
switch or flushing lever during the drilling operation
automatically increases the engine speed from the medium to
full speed that is the energy saving function.
[I] position
Turn the switch to the [I] position when starting or stopping the engine.
The engine idle speed is kept at 1250 min-1 after starting the engine.
[II] position
The engine speed is kept at 1600 min-1 with this switch turned to the [II] position. Place this switch in
this position when making the machine travel.
[III] position
The engine speed is kept at 1800 min-1 with this switch turned to the [III] position. Place this switch in
this position when making the boom or rod changer operate.
[IV] position
The engine speed is kept at 2200 min-1 with this switch turned to the [IV] position.
[V] position
The engine maximum speed is kept at 2500 min-1 with this switch turned to the [V] position.
3-1-2
Throttle Switch Box
3. Indication Selector Switch

Diagnostic function
The indication selector switch has the diagnostic function with the fault code indicated. If required to
indicate the fault code, turn the starter switch key to the STOP (O) position, then turn it to the RUN
(R) position. If any fault code is registered, the engine CAUTION lamp and the engine STOP lamp will
blink to indicate the fault code by showing the number of blinks.
The engine CAUTION lamp and the engine STOP lamp are in the lamp assembly on the indicator box.
For detail, refer to 3.2.1 Lamp Assembly.
Indication selector switch

If problems are found, the indication selector switch functions as the indication, specifying the fault
code.
If the switch is moved to the [+] position, the next fault code will be indicated.
If the switch is moved to the [-] position, the previous fault code will be indicated.
3-1-3
Throttle Switch Box
■ How to Check the Fault Code

For checking the fault code, first turn the starter switch key to the STOP (O) position, then turn it to
the RUN (R) position.
If no active code is registered, the engine CAUTION lamp and the engine STOP lamp both keep
lighting.
If any active code is registered, the engine CAUTION lamp and the engine STOP lamp both light up
at a moment, then indicate the registered fault code by showing the number of blinks.
■ Blinking Patterns for Fault Code

The fault code is indicated with the engine STOP lamp, showing the number of blinks.
Example) Fault Code 1 2 3
CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION

Lamp Lamp
Lamp Lamp Lamp
Blank Blank Blank Blank
STOP STOP STOP STOP STOP

Lamp Lamp Lamp Lamp Lamp
CAUTION lamp CAUTION lamp

blinks once STOP lamp STOP lamp STOP lamp blinks once.
blinks once. blinks twice. blinks three times.
Fault Code 1 2 3
1. The engine CAUTION lamp blinks once.

2. Blank continued for one to two seconds.
3. The engine STOP lamp blinks to indicate the fault code.
After blinking for one fault code is finished, the engine CAUTION lamp blinks again to continuously
indicate the same fault code.
If several active codes are registered, one fault code will be indicated twice and after, indication of
another fault code will start.
If required to indicate all the registered fault codes, move the indication selector switch to the [+] side.
If moved to the [-] side, the fault code goes back to the previous fault code and there the indication
starts.
★ If only one fault code is registered, the only one registered fault code will be indicated, regardless
of the operation of the indication selector switch.
3-1-4
Throttle Switch Box
■ Fault Code List
Fault Code Lamp Reason Effect (Only when fault code is active)
111 yellow Engine Control Module critical internal failure Possible no effect or engine may run rough or not start.
No engine speed or position signal detected at Engine Power derate.
115 yellow
pin17 of the engine harness. Possible white smoke.
High voltage detected at the boost pressure Engine will derate to no-boost fueling.
122 yellow
sensor signal pin 45 of the engine harness.
Low voltage detected at the boost pressure Engine will derate to no-boost fueling.
123 yellow
sensor signal pin 45 of the engine harness.
High voltage detected at oil pressure signal pin Default value used for oil pressure.
135 yellow
33 of the engine harness. No engine protection for oil pressure.
Low voltage detected at oil pressure siganl pin Default value used for oil pressure.
141 yellow
33 of the engine harness. No engine protection for oil pressure.
Oil pressure signal indicates oil pressure Power and/or speed derate and possible engine
143 yellow
below the low engine protection limit. shutdown.
High voltage detected at coolant temperature Default value used for coolant temperature.
144 yellow
signal pin 23 of the engine harness No engine protection for coolant temperature.
Low voltage detected at coolant temperature Default value used for coolant temperature.
145 yellow
signal pin 23 of the engine harness No engine protection for coolant temperature.
Coolant temperature signal indicates coolant Power derate and possible engine shutdown.
146 yellow temperature has exceeded the minimum
engine protection limit
Coolant temperature signal indicates coolant Fuel derate and possible engine shutdown.
151 Red tempreature has exceeded the maximum
engine protection limit.
High voltage detected at intake manifold Default value used for intake manifold temperature.
153 yellow
temperature signal pin 34 of the engine harness. No engine protection for intake manifold temperature.
Low voltage detected at intake manifold Default value used for intake manifold temperature.
154 yellow
temperature signal pin 34 of the engine harness. No engine protection for intake manifold temperature.
Intake manifold air temperature signal indicates Power derate.
155 Red intake manifold air temperature is abpve the
maximum engine protection limit.
High voltage detected at ambient air pressure Engine Power derate.
221 yellow
signal pin 32 of the engine harness.
Low voltage detected at ambient air pressure Engine Power derate.
222 yellow
signal pin 32 of the engine harness.
Engine speed signal indicates engine speed has Fuel to injector disabled until engine speed falls below
234 Red
exceeded the overspeed limit. the overspeed limit.
VP44 Fuel Pump Control Module indicates the fuel Power derate.
261 yellow
temperature has exceeded the pump protection limit.
High or low voltage detected at the fuel temperature Default value used for fuel temperature.
264 yellow
sensor signal circuit inside the VP44 pump controller. Possible power loss.
Error detected in lift pump circuit at pin 11 of the Possible low power, engine may run rough or
278 yellow
engine harness. be difficult to start.
High voltage detected at main engine speed/position ECM will use the VP44 pump speed as a backup.
283 yellow
sensor voltage supply pin 8 of the engine harness. Possible white smoke and power loss.
Low voltage detected at main engine speed/position ECM will use the engine position signal as a backup.
284 yellow
sensor voltage supply pin 8 of the engine harness. Possible white smoke and power loss.
Low voltage detected at engine position sensor Default value used for sensor connected to this 5VDC
5VDC supply, pin 10 of the engine harness. supply. Engine will derate to no-boost fueling and loss
352 yellow
of engine protection for oil pressure, intake manifold
pressure, and ambient air pressure.
High current detected at the VP44 fuel pump control Fueling to the injectors disabled and engine is shut down.
361 Red
valve.
Low or no voltage detected at the VP44 fuel pump Engine will loose power and may shut down.
362 yellow
control valve.
No fuel control valve movement detected by the VP44 Engine power loss.
363 yellow
fuel pump controller.
No communications or invalid data transfer rate detected Engine will run at a back-up mode set speed when throttle
364 yellow on datalink between ECM and VP44 fuel pump controller is off-idle.
at pin 4 and 12 of the engine harness.
Low voltage detected at VP44 fuel pump controller Engine may lose power and may shutdown.
365 yellow
controller supply circuit
VP44 fuel pump controller battery voltage measurement Engine will loose power and may shut down.
366 yellow
is outside the range between 6 and 24VDC.
367 Red VP44 fuel pump speed/position sensor signal lost. Fueling to the injectors disabled and engine is shut down.
The VP44 fuel pump controller can not achieve the Significant engine power loss.
368 yellow
timing value being commanded by the engine ECM.
VP44 fuel pump controller does not detect engine Significant engine power loss.
369 yellow
position pulse at pin 7 of the engine harness. Possible white smoke.
VP44 fuel pump controller detects continuous voltage If communication is lost between the ECM and VP44 fuel
at idle select pin 16 of the engine harness OR fuel pump controller, engine will only operate at a speed slightly
372 yellow
pump controller detects an open circuit or short circuit higher than idle, regardless of throttle position.
to ground at idle select pin 16 of the engine harness.
373 Red High voltage detected at VP44 fuel shut off signal pin 6 Fueling to the injectors disabled and engine is shut down.
of the engine harness.
(continued)
3-1-5
Throttle Switch Box
(continued)
Fault Code Lamp Reason Effect (Only when fault code is active)
VP44 fuel pump controller has detected an internal error. Response will vary from some power loss to the engine
374 yellow
shutting down.
Engine ECM is commanding a fueling or timing value that Possible no effect or engine may exhibit some power loss.
375 yellow
the VP44 pump can not achieve.
No calibration in the VP44 fuel pump controller. Fueling to the injectors disabled and engine is shut down.
376 Red
VP44 fuel pump controller is not powering down when Equipment batteries may be drained low during long
377 yellow
key switch power is removed from the ECM. shut down period.
Error detected in cold start aid relay 1 enable circuit Intake air heater can not be fully energized by the ECM.
381 yellow
at pin 41 of the OEM harness. Possible white smoke and/or hard starting.
High voltage detected at the throttle position sensor Engine may not respond to the commanded notched
387 yellow 5V supply pin 29 of the OEM harness. engine speed input.
391 yellow Error detected in VP44 power supply relay enable circuit Possible no effect or engine may not run.
at pin 43 of the engine harness.
Oil pressure signal indicates oil pressure Power and/or speed derate and possible engine
415 Red
below the very low engine protection limit. shutdown.
Voltage detected simulataneously on both of the No engine protection for coolant level.
422 yellow coolant level high and low signal pins 27 and 37 of the
engine harness OR no voltage detected on either pins.
Boost pressure signal indicates boost pressure is high Possible overfueling during acceleration, Increase in
when other engine parameters(speed and load) . black smoke.
433 yellow indicate boost pressure should be low OR boost
pressure is low when other engine parameter indicate
it should be high.
All data gathered by the ECM since the last key on None on performance. Fault code table, trip information
434 yellow (faults, trip information data, etc) was not stored data, maintenance monitor data, trending data and
to permanent memory at the last key off. user activated datalogger data may be inaccurate.
Voltage detected at ECM power supply pins 38,39,40, Engine will die or run rough.
441 yellow and 50 of the engine harness indicates the ECM
supply voltage fell below 6VDC.
Voltage detected at ECM power supply pins 38,39,40, None on performance.
and 50 of the engine harness indicates the ECM
442 yellow
supply voltage is above the maximum system voltage
level.
Low voltage detected at throttle position sensor 5VDC Engine idles when idle validation switch indicates
443 yellow supply pin 29 of the OEM harness. idle and ramps up to a default set speed when IVS
indicates off-idle.
Intake manifold temperature signal indicates intake manifold Power derate.
488 yellow
temperature is above the minimum engine protection limit.
High voltage detected at the coolant level 5VDC sensor No engine protection for coolant level.
515 yellow
supply voltage pin 49 of the engine harness.
Low voltage detected at the coolant level 5VDC sensor No engine protection for coolant level.
516 yellow
supply voltage pin 49 of the engine harness.
A mechanically stuck fuel control valve has been detected Engine may shut down.
517 yellow
by the VP44 fuel pump controller.
Error detected in the Dual Output Driver 'A' circuit Low oil pressure lamp will not function properly.
527 yellow
pin 5 of the OEM harness
Error detected in the Dual Output Driver 'B' circuit High water temperature lamp will not function properly.
529 yellow
pin 1 of the OEM harness
ECM detected the engine has initiated a protection No effect.
611 None shutdown or has been keyed off while above a specified
load limit.
3-1-6
Indicator Box
3.2 Indicator Box
1. Lamp Assembly
2. Compressor Discharge Air Temp
Gauge
２ 3. Hydraulic Oil Temp Gauge
4. Engine Monitor
３
3.2.1 Lamp Assembly
CAUTION
When the engine CAUTION lamp or STOP lamp lights, stop operation and place the
machine out of service. Check the fault code and contact your nearest distributor for
inspection/maintenance.
1. Engine STOP Lamp

１３
2. Engine CAUTION Lamp
(Not available for HCR1500-EDⅡ)
２ 3. PRE-HEAT Lamp
3-2-1
Indicator Box
1. Engine STOP Lamp

The engine STOP lamp lights when a serious problem occurs in the engine
Stop the travel or operation as soon as the lamp lights. When the lamp lights, the engine protection
function operates and the engine output or RPM becomes low and even the engine is
emergency-stopped.
2. Engine CAUTION Lamp (not available for HCR1500-ED II)

The engine CAUTION lamp lights when some problem occurs in the engine
Place the machine in a safe area and stop the engine.
3. PRE-HEAT Lamp
The pre-heater automatically operates when the starter switch key is turned to the RUN (R) position,
which is used when the outside air temperature is low and the engine is difficult to start.
When the PRE-HEAT lamp is ON, hold the starter switch key on the RUN (R) position until the
PRE-HEAT lamp turns off.
The PRE-HEAT lamp turns off as soon as the engine starts.
６
4. Alternator (Charge) CAUTION
Lamp
８ 5. Hydraulic Oil Level CAUTION Lamp
４
6. Hydraulic Oil Temp High CAUTION
Lamp
７９ 7. Compressor Overheat CAUTION
LAMP
10 8. Hydraulic Oil Temp Low CAUTION
12
Lamp
9. Return Oil Filter Clogging CAUTION
Lamp
11
10. Air Cleaner Cogging CAUTION
Lamp
11. Compressor Oil Filter Clogging
CAUTION Lamp (Not available)
12. Buzzer
3-2-2
Indicator Box
CAUTION
■ When the engine CAUTION lamp or STOP lamp lights, stop operation and place the
machine in a safe area and take corrective actions.
■ When the engine is stopped due to the activation of the emergency stop relay, do
not re-start the engine until the inspection/maintenance is completed.
■ Be sure to check the lamps 1 to 11 before starting the engine. If CAUTION lamps do
not turn on, contact your nearest distributor for inspection.
The CAUTION lamp to the abnormality section turns on and buzzer sounds when there is a
problem in the machine. The CAUTION lamp turns off when the machine returns to normal
operating condition.
4. Alternator (Charge) CAUTION Lamp

During engine running, if problem occurs in the electrical system, e.g. the drop of voltage
from the alternator, this lamp turns on. Inspect the alternator, battery or fan belt for
damages or looseness.
The lamp turns on by turning the starter switch key to the RUN (R) position.
The lamp turns off after the engine starts, which is normal condition.
5. Hydraulic Oil Level CAUTION Lamp
NOTICE
When the quantity of hydraulic oil drops to less than 195L, the CAUTION
lamp turns on and the engine is emergency-stopped.
After the engine is stopped, check the hydraulic oil tank and piping for oil leak.
If no problem is found, add hydraulic oil.
6. Hydraulic Oil Temp High CAUTION Lamp

This lamp turns on when the oil temperature in the hydraulic oil tank rises to 85°C or more.
The drifter cannot perform the impact of blows when this lamp is on.
NOTICE
If the CAUTION lamp lights up, stop the drilling operation until the oil
temperature goes down.
After the CAUTION lamp turns off, check the quantity and quality of oil and inspect the oil
cooler for clogging.
3-2-3
Indicator Box
It temporarily required to continue drilling operation, move the Emergency Run switch to the
UP position, which is located inside the control panel. For detail, refer to 6.1.1 “Emergency
Run Switch.”
7. Compressor Overheat CAUTION Lamp
NOTICE
When the compressor discharge air temperature rises to 110°C or more, the
CAUTION lamp turns on and the engine is emergency-stopped.
After the engine is stopped, check the quantity and quality of compressor oil and inspect the
receiver tank and compressor for oil leak from piping.
8. Hydraulic Oil Temp Low CAUTION Lamp

This lamp turns on when the oil temperature in the hydraulic oil tank goes down to 25°C or
less, and the hydraulic oil is automatically warmed up.
This lamp turns off when the oil temperature rises to 25°C or more.
For detail, refer to 4.3 Automatic Heating of Hydraulic Oil.
9. Return Oil Filter Clogging CAUTION Lamp

This lamp turns on when the element of the hydraulic oil return filter is clogged.
If this lamp turns on, replace the return filter element with the new one.
10. Air Cleaner Clogging CAUTION Lamp

This lamp turns on when the element of the air cleaner is clogged.
If the lamp turns on, stop operation and place the machine in a safe area.
After stopping the engine, clean or replace the element of the engine air cleaner and
compressor air cleaner.
11. Compressor Oil Filter Clogging CAUTION Lamp (Not available)

This lamp turns on when the element of the compressor oil filter is clogged.
If this lamp turns on, replace the compressor oil filter cartridge with the new one.
12. Buzzer
The lamp lights up when the buzzer sounds.
■ Inspection of Lamp 1 to 12
When inspecting the light bulb, place the starter switch key in the RUN (R) position. Check all
the CAUTION lamps turn on when the starter switch key is in the RUN (R) position, and in 5
seconds, all the lamps other than the Alternator (Charge) CAUTION lamp (4) turn off.
The Alternator (Charge) CAUTION lamp will turn off as the engine RPM increases after
engine starts.
3-2-4
Indicator Box
The indicator lamp 13 to 20 lights

up at the following operation
position
13. Feed backward (fast feed) position

14. Feed backward (normal feed)
position
15. Feed forward (normal feed) position
13 17
16. Feed forward (fast feed) position
17. Rotation switch normal rotation
position
14 18
18. Rotation switch reverse rotation
19 position
15
19. Collaring position
20. Regular drilling position
16 20
When the control grip is operated, each corresponding indicator lamp in the indicator box lights up to
show the correct operation of impact, feed, rotation and drilling. Check these lamps to prevent
mis-operation or malfunction.
3-2-5
Indicator Box
3.2.2 Compressor Discharge Air Temp Gauge

The gauge shows the compressor air temperature.
１０３℃
If the needle points at the red zone during the operation,

１００℃
stop operation immediately until it is in the green zone and H
stop the compressor. ８０℃
５０℃
★ Engine automatically stops as the compressor C
discharge air temperature rises to 110°C or more.
17314024
3.2.3 Hydraulic Oil Temp Gauge

The gauge shows the hydraulic oil temperature.
Warm the hydraulic oil to approx 30°C before starting the

operation. ８０℃
H
If the needle points at the red zone during the operation,
５０℃
stop operation immediately, while running the engine in
low idle, until it is in the green zone and stop the engine. ３０℃
C
★ Engine automatically stops as the quantity of hydraulic

oil is less than the specified level. 17314025
3-2-6
Indicator Box
3.2.4 Engine Monitor

★ Do not press buttons, at the lower side of the display panel, unnecessarily.
If pressed, the different information from the item 1 to 4 will be displayed.
エンジン
Engine
エンジRPM
Engine ン回転アワメータ
Hour Meter
display
数 display
エンジン冷却水
Engine Coolant 燃料
Fuel
温度 display
Temp display
1. Engine RPM display

The engine RPM is displayed.
Idling revolution: approx 1250min-1.

Max revolution: 2500min-1. Use the engine speed under the max revolution.
2. Engine Coolant Temp display

The engine coolant temperature is displayed.
Before regular operation, run engine on light load until the coolant temperature goes to approx 60°C.
If the coolant temperature nears 100°C, stop operation immediately and run engine at idle.
Stop engine when the needle points at approx 60°C.
★ The engine is emergency-stopped when the coolant temperature rises to 101°C or more.
3-2-7
Indicator Box
3. Engine Hour Meter display

The engine’s' accumulated operating time in hours is displayed.
The accumulation time increases by 1.0 per hour when the engine is running.
★ Perform the periodical inspection maintenance based on the hour meter's indication.
4. Fuel display
The remaining quantity of fuel in the fuel tank is displayed.
Refill the tank with fuel every operation day, which prevents air
moisture condensation in the tank and mixing water with fuel
and provides time to separate moisture.
Fuel tank capacity: 420L.
17202023
★ For detail of engine monitor, refer to the separate manual “PowerViewTM model PV1.”
3-2-8
Travel Levers
3.3 Travel Levers
3.3.1 Travel Levers
WARNING
Do not place your foot on the pedals except when necessary: they might cause error
and malfunction.
Travel Levers
The travel levers can run the right/left drive motors

respectively.
Pedals
By manipulating the right and left travel levers (or pedals), the 17314052
forward and backward move of the machine, traveling speed,

and lateral turning degree can be controlled.
Moving Forward ( )
Tilt the travel levers forward. The machine will move in a
forward direction.
Moving Backward ( )
Tilt the travel levers backward. The machine will move in a
reverse direction. The alarm will sound when the travel levers
are tilted to the backward side. The backup alarm is used to
alert people behind the machine that the machine is backing
up. The backup alarm is mounted at the rear of the machine
behind the grill.
Neutral
17314053
When you release the travel levers, the travel levers will return
the neutral position, so that the machine stops traveling.
3-3-1
Travel Levers
Safety Equipment
Safety equipment is provided.
If you do not operate the travel levers for 5 seconds or more, the machine cannot travel even if the
right and left travel levers are operated at the same time.
To travel the machine, tilt the right or left travel lever (or pedal) forward or to this side once.
3-3-2
Travel Levers
3.3.2 Oscillating Lock Mechanism
DANGER
When operating such equipment as the boom or guide shell, make sure that the right
and left crawler track shoes are both touching the ground otherwise it might tip the
machine over.
WARNING
If the right and left truck frames are not oscillating during the machine traveling, stop
moving and ask your nearest distributor to check and restore it.
Because the right and left oscillating cylinders work together as a hydraulic linking circuit, the right
and left crawlers oscillate in reverse directions and against each other, according to the unevenness
of the ground. That increases stability when moving over unleveled ground.
The automatic oscillating lock mechanism changes the hydraulic linking circuit (LOCK - OPEN),
automatically linking to the traveling levers and the oscillating switch.
★ For the operation of the oscillating switch, refer to 3.6.2 “Hydraulic Cylinder Control Panel”.
LOCK
When the travel levers or the oscillating switch is not operated
then the left and right track frames can't be oscillated.
17305002
OPEN
When traveling, or operating the oscillating lever, oscillation of
the left and right track frames is available. Because the right
and left oscillating cylinders work together as a hydraulic
connecting circuit, the right and left track frames oscillate in
reverse directions and against each other, according to the
unevenness of the ground. That increases stability when
moving over unleveled ground.
★ When the boom swings in 15° or more against the main 17305003
body, oscillating is not possible.
3-3-3
Safety Lock Lever
3.4 Safety Lock Lever
CAUTION
Always lock the safety lock lever (1) when you start the engine and before leaving the
machine.
If the safety lock lever (1) is at middle position, it doesn't function normally.
When the safety lock lever (1) function is performed, pull it up as far as it will go.
The safety lock lever (1) is a safety device which stops the traveling function, and the function of the
drifter’s feed operation.
LOCK
Pull the safety lock lever (1) up, and the machine cannot travel
and the feed operation of drifter does not function 1
Start the engine under the “LOCK” condition with the safety
lock lever (1) pulled up.
17310072
UNLOCK
Pull down the safety lock lever (1), and the LOCK condition is
released.
1
The machine can travel and you can perform drilling by
operating the control grip.
17310071
3-4-1
Emergency Stop Button
3.5 Emergency Stop Button
WARNING
The emergency stop button (1) stops the engine in an emergency to secure the safety
of the operator and workers.
Do not modify or remove the emergency stop system.
If irregularity occurs in the machine, report it to the manager.

Do not re-start the engine until after check and maintenance is complete.
The emergency stop button (1) stops the engine in an emergency if there is trouble when operating
the machine.
When the emergency stop button (1) is pressed the engine

and all other functions are stopped in emergency.
When the engine is re-started, set the starter switch key to

OFF position and turn the emergency stop button (1)
clockwise to pull out the button and reset.
If the emergency stop condition is not reset, the engine can't
be started.
1
17314093
3-5-1
Drilling Control Box
3.6 Drilling Control Box
WARNING
When operating the drilling control grip and touch switches on the hydraulic cylinder
control panel always sounds the horn to draw worker’s attention.
2 5
6 1. Control Grip
2. Horn Switch
3. Feed Speed Adjusting Dial
4. Feed Pressure Control Dial
1
5. Hydraulic Cylinder Control Panel
8 6. Indicator Switch
3 4
7. Pressure Adjustment Handle
8. Air-Conditioner Control Panel
17214018
1. Control Grip
By operating the control grip, you can control impact, feed and rotation.
There are two drilling methods. In “pull-drilling specification”, you perform drilling by tilting the control
grip to this side and in “push-drilling specification”, by tilting it forward.
★ For control grip operation, refer to 3.6.1 “Control Grip”.
2. Horn Switch
The horn at the bottom of the cab sounds when the horn button is pressed.
When the engine is started or the machine moved sound the

horn to draw other worker’s attention.
Horn
17314042
3-6-1
3. Feed Speed Adjusting Dial

This dial is used to adjust the drifter’s feed forward speed during drilling. When the feed speed is
slower than the drilling speed, idle blows tend to occur in the drifter. If idle blows occur in the drifter,
increase the feed speed. When the feed speed is too fast for the drilling speed, hole bend or jamming
may occur if the drill encounters soft rock, fracture zone, or hollow. Adjust the feed forward speed,
paying attention to changes in drilling sound and rotation pressure.
Pull the dial, and release the lock.

Turn the dial clockwise to increase the drifter’s forward speed.
Turn the dial counterclockwise to decrease the drifter’s
Cancel
forward speed. After adjusting, push the dial.
Lock
17308006
4. Feed Pressure Control Dial

This dial is used to adjust the feed pressure force during drilling. By adjusting the feed pressure force,
such irregularities as hole bend and rod damage are prevented. Generally, when the rock drilled is
hard or large diameter drilling performed, the feed pressure force is increased, and when soft rock is
drilled or small diameter drilling is performed, the feed pressure force is decreased.
Pull the dial, and release the lock.

Turn the handle clockwise to increase the feed pressure force.
Turn the dial counterclockwise to decrease the feed pressure Cancel
force. After adjusting, push the dial.
Lock
17308006
5. Hydraulic Cylinder Control Panel

Equipment such as the boom and guide shell can be moved and pressing the touch switches on the
control panel can perform oscillation.
★ Refer to 3.6.2 “Hydraulic Cylinder Control Panel”.
3-6-2
6. Indicator Switch
This switch cancels the boom interlock.
When the interlock operates, this switch lights up.
When the boom swings to the right by 15°, the interlock works and so the boom swinging is not
possible.
If you wish to swing the boom fully to the right, press the boom swing switch as pressing the indicator
switch.
The boom can swing fully to the right.
★ For the boom swing operation, refer to 3.6.2 “Hydraulic Cylinder Control Panel".
7. Air-Conditioner Control Panel

This panel control the air-conditioner installed in the machine as standard equipment.
★ Refer to 3.6.3 “Handling of Air-Conditioner”.
3-6-3
3.6.1 Control Grip
WARNING
If you operate the control grip carelessly, an accident resulting in injury or death will
occur. Before operating the control grip, check the drilling method.
There are two drilling methods, “pull-drilling specification” and “push-drilling specification”.
Pull-Drilling Specification
This is a standard drilling method.
In pull-drilling specification, tilt the control grip to this side to perform drilling.
The control grip can be tilted by three steps to this side and by two steps forward.
Impact (collaring) and feed forward (normal feed)

position Neutral
Impact (regular drilling) and feed forward (normal feed)

position
Feed forward (fast forward) position
Feed backward (normal feed) position
Feed backward (fast backward) position
17308001
Impact Operation
Press the impact switch (A) once, and the drifter performs
impact operation. Press the impact switch (A) again, and the
impact operation is stopped.
A
When the impact switch (A) is pressed and the drilling control
grip is pulled one step backward, and then you get collaring
along with light impacting. When the drilling control grip is
pulled one-step more (to the second position); you get regular 17308043
drilling with strong impacting.

★ The drilling control grip can be stopped at each step.
3-6-4
Feed Operation
Feed operation is performed in order to move the drifter
forward or backward and for fast feed operation. 2-step
change can be carried out for each work.
Forward
Pulling the control grip one step to this side shifts to normal
feed where the drifter is slowly fed forward.
When it is pulled to the end of this side, the drifter is fed fast
forward. 17308045
Backward
Pushing the control grip one step to the machine front side
shifts to normal feed where the drifter is fed backward slowly.
When pushed to the end of the machine front, the drifter is fed
fast backward.
The drifter can be stopped both during normal feed forward
and backward.
When the hand is released from the fast forward or backward
position, the grip automatically returns to the normal feed
forward or backward position.
Rotation Operation
Reverse
The rotation switch (B) is used to turn the drifter shank rod Rotation Normal
Rotation
normally (counterclockwise) or reversely (clockwise).
Normal Rotation B
When the left-hand side of the rotation switch (B) is pressed
once, the shank rod is turned normally. When pressed again
the rotation is stopped.
Reverse Rotation
As long as the right side of the rotation switch (B) is pressed
and held, the shank rod is turned reversely. When the finger is
released the rotation is stopped.
17308044
3-6-5
Push-Drilling Specification
In push-drilling specification, tilt the control grip forward to perform drilling.
The control grip can be tilted by three steps forward and by two steps to this side.
Impact (collaring) and feed forward (normal feed) position

Impact (regular drilling) and feed forward (normal feed) Neutral
position
Feed forward (fast forward) position
Feed backward (normal feed) position
Feed backward (fast backward) position
17308028
Impact Operation
Press the impact switch (A) once, and the drifter performs
impact operation. Press the impact switch (A) again, and the
impact operation is stopped.
A
When the impact switch (A) is pressed and the drilling control
grip is pushed one step forward, and then you get collaring
along with light impacting.
When the drilling control grip is pushed one-step more (to the 17308043
second position); you get regular drilling with strong impacting.

★ The drilling control grip can be stopped at each step.
3-6-6
Feed Operation
Feed operation is performed in order to move the drifter
forward or backward and for fast feed operation. 2-step
change can be carried out for each work.
Forward
Pushing the control grip one step to the machine front side
shifts to normal feed where the drifter is slowly fed forward.
When it is pushed to the end of the machine front, the drifter is
fed fast forward. 17308045
Backward
Pulling the control grip one step to this side shifts to normal
feed where the drifter is fed backward slowly.
When pulled to the end of this side, the drifter is fed fast
backward.
The drifter can be stopped both during normal feed forward
and backward.
When the hand is released from the fast forward or backward
position, the grip automatically returns to the normal feed
forward or backward position.
Rotation Operation
Reverse
The rotation switch (B) is used to turn the drifter shank rod Rotation Normal
Rotation
normally (counterclockwise) or reversely (clockwise).
Normal Rotation B
When the left-hand side of the rotation switch (B) is pressed
once, the shank rod is turned normally. When pressed again
the rotation is stopped.
Reverse Rotation
As long as the right side of the rotation switch (B) is pressed
and held, the shank rod is turned reversely. When the finger is
released the rotation is stopped.
17308044
3-6-7
Indicator Lamp
When the control grip is operated, each corresponding indicator lamp in the indicator box lights up to
show the correct operation of impact, feed, rotation and drilling. Check these lamps to prevent
mis-operation or malfunction.
The indicator lamp 13 to 20 lights

up at the following operation
position with the control grip
13. Feed backward (fast feed) position

14. Feed backward (normal feed)
position
15. Feed forward (normal feed) position
13 17
16. Feed forward (fast feed) position
17. Rotation switch normal rotation
position
14 18
18. Rotation switch reverse rotation
19 position
15
19. Collaring position
20. Regular drilling position
16 20
For detail of indicator box, refer to 3.2 Indicator Box.
3-6-8
3.6.2 Hydraulic Cylinder Control Panel
DANGER
When equipment such as boom and guide shell is moved, set the body parallels to the
track frame and holds both crawler track shoes on the ground, otherwise the machine
might fall.
WARNING
Operate the touch switches on the hydraulic cylinder control panel only after making
sure that there is no worker around the machine.
1. Boom Slide/Guide Rotary Switch

2. Guide Slide/Oscillating Switch
3. Guide Tilt/Guide Swing Switch
4. Boom Lift/Boom Swing Switch
1 2 3 4 5
5. Power Switch
6. Operating Speed Selector Switch
17306007
1. Boom Slide/Guide Rotary Switch Ｃ

A: Boom Slide (Contraction)
The extension boom is contracted.
B: Boom Slide (Extension)
The extension boom is extended. ＢＡ
C. Guide Rotary (Right Swing)
The guide shell is turned clockwise.
D. Guide Rotary (Left Swing)
The guide shell is turned counterclockwise. Ｄ 17306008
3-6-9
2. Guide Slide/Oscillating Switch Ｃ

A: Oscillating (Up)
The body front is lifted and the rear is lowered.
B: Oscillating (Down)
The body front is lowered and the rear is raised. ＢＡ
C. Guide Slide (Backward)
The guide shell is moved backward.
D. Guide Slide (Forward)
The guide shell is moved forward. Ｄ 17306009
★ The guide shell is slid 1500 mm.
3. Guide Tilt/Guide Swing Switch Ｃ

A: Guide Tilt (Tilt)
The head of the guide shell is raised.
B: Guide Tilt (Dump)
The head of the guide shell is lowered. ＢＡ
C: Guide Swing (Turning Right)
The head of the guide shell is turned right.
D: Guide Swing (Turning Left)
The head of the guide shell is turned left. Ｄ 17306010
4. Boom Lift/Boom Swing Switch Ｃ

A: Boom (Up)
The boom is lifted.
B: Boom (Down)
The boom is lowered. ＢＡ
C: Boom (Turning Right)
The boom is turned to the right.
★ When the boom is swung to 15°, the interlock operates
and the boom stops. Ｄ 17306011
When the boom is swung rightward to 38°, press the boom

swing switch as pressing the indicator switch.
D: Boom (Turning Left)
The boom is turned to the left.
★ The boom is turned to the left at an angle of 38°.
3-6-10
5. Power Switch
This switch changes over the functions of the touch switches on the hydraulic cylinder control panel
and also changes over the operation/stop of the hydraulic cylinder control.
Operation position
When oscillating, or moving such equipment as the boom and
guide shell, press the switch to the operating side [Ｉ] and put
the touch switch into use.
Cancel position
When the touch switch is not use, press the switch to the
cancel side [Ｏ]. Even though the touch switch is pressed,
oscillation is not available nor are such operations as those
involving the boom and guide shell's functions. 17306005
6. Operating Speed Selector Switch

This switch changes the operating speed of working equipment and oscillating unit by two steps.
Position at [ ] side
Working equipment and oscillating unit work slowly.
Position at [ ] side
Working equipment and oscillating unit work rapidly.
17306006
3-6-11
3.6.3 Handling of Air-Conditioner
WARNING
When the air-conditioner is operated, check that the internal air filter (1) has been
installed; otherwise, it might cause an air blower breakdown or fire.
NOTICE
When the external air filter (2) becomes blocked, the ventilation is reduced and fresh
air not brought in the cab.
In order to keep the cab clean, periodically clean and check the filter when the
air-conditioner is operating.
★ For cleaning and check of the filter, refer to 14.4 “Periodic Maintenance / 50 Hours”.
The internal air filter (1) is located at the foot; that is rear left of
the operator’s seat.
★ The internal air filter (1) can filter fine particles of 20μm or
larger. 1
17316010
The external air filter (2) is located inside the cover at the left
side of the cab.
★ The external air filter (2) can filter fine particles of 5μm or
larger.
2
17316111
By operating the air-conditioner, outside air is sent into the cab through the filter and raises the
atmospheric pressure in the cab.
It prevents dust from entering the cab even in a dusty site and maintains a comfortable condition in
the drilling operation.
3-6-12
Control Panel
2 6 3
1. Temperature Control Switch

2. Mode Selector Switch
O LO HI 3. Internal/External Air Selector
Switch
4. Fan Switch
5. OFF Switch
1 5 4
6. Air Conditioning Switch
17314001
1. Temperature Control Switch

This switch adjusts the temperature of the discharged air.
When the engine is started, eight indicators are all turned on.
When the switch is pressed and the temperature is set to
lowest, the indicators are all green.
When the temperature is set to highest, the indicators are all
red.
When the discharged air temperature is set to lowest and
temperature is increased, the indicator color is sequentially 17314002
changed to red from the left side.

By changing the air blow outlet, the air blow is available for
use.
★ In the front and rear air blow outlets, operating the louvers
changes the blow direction.
17314003
3-6-13
: Front Blow
This switch is pressed when air is to be blown from the front

A
air blow outlet (A) and defroster air blow outlet (B).
When this switch is pressed, the indicator is turned on.
B
17314033
: Front/Rear Blow
C
This switch is pressed when air-blow is wanted from the front
air blow outlet (A), defroster air blow outlet (B) and rear air
blow outlet (C).
17314043
: Foot Blow
Press this switch to blow air from the foot air-blow outlet (D).
D
17314097
3. Internal/External Air Selector Switch

This switch changes over the intake.
Internal air circulation

Press this switch for fast cooling or heating. When this switch
is pressed, the indicator is turned on and external air is
stopped. Internal Air External Air
Circulation Introduction
External air Introduction
When this switch is pressed, the fresh external air is filtered 17314004
into the cab. The air in the cab can be pressurized to prevent
dust from entering.
3-6-14
4. Fan Switch
When cooling or heating, this switch adjusts the flow rate in
four steps.
OFF LO HI
★ When the indicator for the air conditioning switch is turned
off and this switch is pressed, the fan is operated
independently.
17314005
5. OFF Switch
When this switch is pressed, the air-conditioning (or fan) is
stopped and the fan switch indicator turned off.
OFF LO HI
17314006
6. Air-Conditioner Switch
When this switch is pressed during fan operation, the air
conditioner is activated and the indicator turned on.
When this switch is pressed once more, the air-conditioning is
stopped and the indicator turned off.
A/C
17314007
3-6-15
Handling of Air-Conditioner
CAUTION
It is said that the healthiest cab temperature is about 5 - 6°C different from the open air
temperature. It is not healthy to lower the temperature excessively or blow cold air on
your body for a long time.
Take the greatest care of temperature adjustment.
Inside the cab may become dry because of the dehumidifying effect of the
air-conditioner. When the air-conditioner is operated, open the door about once an
hour for ventilation.
If inside the cab is dry, you might get pain in your eyes with cigarette smoke.
If you smoke, open the window slightly for ventilation.
The air-conditioner cools the cabin by circulating the outside in the cab and dehumidifying.
1. Set the internal/external air selector switch (1) to

“External Air Introduction”.
Make sure the indicator is turned on. 2 5 1
Η When quick cooling, temporarily set to “Internal Air
Circulation”.
A/C
2. Change the mode selector switch (2) and select the

OFF LO HI
desired air-blow outlet.
3. Press the temperature control switch (3) and set the

blown air temperature to the lowest. 3 6 4
Make sure that all eight indicators are turned on in green.
17314099
4. Press the fan switch (4) to adjust the flow rate.
Press the air-conditioning switch (5) to activate the
air-conditioner. Make sure the indicator is turned on.
Η When operation of the air-conditioner is to be stopped,
press the OFF switch (6).
5. The air temperature in the cab is adjusted by using the

temperature control switch (3) and fan switch (4).
3-6-16
Heating Operation
Introduce outside air into the cab to heat.
6. Set the internal/external air selector switch (1) to

“External Air Introduction”. 2 5 1
Make sure the indicator is turned on.
Η For quick heating, temporarily set to “Internal Air
Circulation”. A/C
OFF LO HI
7. Set the mode selector switch (2) to “Foot Blow”.

Make sure the indicator is turned on.
3 4
17314099
8. Press the temperature control switch to the highest (3)
to set the blown air temperature.
Make sure all eight indicators are turned on in red.
9. Press the fan switch (4) to adjust the flow rate.
10. To adjust air temperature in the cab use the

temperature control switch (3) and the fan switch (4).
NOTICE 17314097
With dehumidifying heating, press the

air-conditioner switch (5). The indicator is turned on
and the air-conditioner activated.
3-6-17
Handling in the On-Season
NOTICE
For the supply of cooling refrigerant (gas) and checking and maintenance of the
air-conditioner, ask your nearest distributor.
In order to optimize the air-conditioning in the season, supply the cooling refrigerant: do check and
maintenance.
★ To check the cooling refrigerant (gas), refer to 14.1 “When Required”.
Handling in the Off-Season

If the air-conditioner is left for a long time with cooling refrigerant (gas) leaking, it might cause
corrosion in the system.
During the off-season, operate the air-conditioner for 5 - 6 minutes twice of three times a month will
prevent the leakage of cooling refrigerant (gas) from the compressor sealing section.
3-6-18
Drilling Console Box
3.7 Drilling Console Box
WARNING
When the engine is started or re-started, set all operating levers and switches to
“NEUTRAL” or “STOP”, otherwise the machine might be accidentally operated.
Only operate the levers and switches on the drilling switch box after making sure
there is no worker near the machine.
3.7.1 Control Panel
3 4
1. Rod Changer Control Lever
5 2. Greasing Switch
6
4. Flushing Lever
5. Hood and Centralizer Switch
6. Anti-Jamming Switch
17110008
1. Rod Changer Control Lever

This lever selects a series of actions in the rod changer.
When the finger is released from the lever, it automatically returns to neutral.
★ For the operation of the rod changer control lever, refer to

3.8 “Rod Changer Control”.
17310092
3-7-1
2. Greasing Switch
This applies grease to the screw section of the rod and shank rod.
Grease is applied as long as the switch is pressed.
★ For the operation of the greasing switch, refer to 4.8 “Auto

Greaser”.
17110007

Change the drilling mode according to the rock quality.
NOTICE
Too much high speed drilling in H mode greatly increases damage and wears to the
drifter rotary components, rod, and bit. Use the N mode for normal drilling.
Do not drill for more than 5 minutes in the H mode
H mode
When the ON side of the switch is pressed, it is set to H mode,
which drills at a high speed.
If the impact force is too strong when drilling normally, for
example drilling into fracture zones or clay, the drilling speed
is secured by lowering the impact pressure and increasing the ＯＮ H mode
shank rod speed.
N mode ＯＦＦ N mode
When the OFF side of the switch is pressed, it is set to N
17110006
mode. Use the N mode for normal drilling.
3-7-2
4. Flushing Lever
This lever selects four types of operation, combining the amount of air flushing and dust collection.
A. Weak Flushing & Dust Collection

About 80% of the air is discharged when strong flushing and
at the same time the dust collector is activated.
This is used during collaring.
B. Strong Flushing & Dust Collection Ａ
Maximum flushing air is discharged and at the same times the
dust collector is activated.
This mode applies to the regular drilling normally.
C: Strong Flushing
Ｂ
All the flushing air is discharged when drilling without
activating the dust collector, for example, due to spring water. ＣＤ
D. Dust Collector
The dust collector can be activated independently.
17310090
When the rod changer is activated to add the rod, set the lever
to the right side.
5. Hood & Centralizer Switch

This switch opens and closes the centralizer and moves the sliding hood up and down.
When the finger is released from the switch, it automatically returns to neutral.
The centralizer opens when tilting the switch leftward and

it is closed when titling the switch rightward.
The sliding hood moves downward when tilting this switch
this side or it move upward when titling this switch forward.
Up
Down
Open Close
17310091
3-7-3
6. Anti-Jamming Switch
The anti-jamming switch has two functions; one is to prevent jamming where the bit and rod cannot
be pulled out during the drilling. And the other is RP (Reverse Percussion) which is to pull out the rod
by using the drifter impact force when the rod cannot be pulled out during drilling.
★ RP (Reverse Percussion) is installed as an option when

the machine is delivered from the factory.
Ⅰ
O Ⅱ
ＲＰ Ⅲ
17310039
Anti-Jamming Position
If the switch is set to [I], [II], or [III], the anti-jamming function will be activated when irregularity is
detected in the main drilling.
★ The anti-jamming function is not available when collaring.
Position [O]
Set the switch to [O] (OFF) when not drilling.
Position [I]
When the flushing air discharge pressure drops due to compressor breakdown;
When the flushing air flow drops due to blockage of the bit head;
When the above irregularities are detected, the drifter is automatically moved backward.
Position [II]
When the flushing air discharge pressure drops due to compressor breakdown;
When the flushing air flow rate drops due to blockage of the bit head;
When the above irregularities are detected, the drifter is automatically moved backward.
In addition to the above, when the following irregularity is detected, the moving forward of the drifter
is automatically stopped.
The rotation pressure is very greatly increased when the drifter enters fracture zones or clay
layers.
Position [III]
When the anti-jamming controller works and drilling is done, set the switch to [III].
★ Trouble detection and drifter operation are the same as when the switch is at [II].
NOTICE
Ask your nearest distributor to adjust the anti-jamming controller.
3-7-4
Position RP (If Equipped)

RP (Reverse Percussion) uses drifter impact force to pull out the rod when it cannot be pulled out
during drilling.
The RP (Reverse Percussion) is activated by the following procedure.
1. Set the anti-jamming switch to RP position.
Ⅰ
O Ⅱ
ＲＰ Ⅲ
17310050
2. Push the control grip one step forwards and set it to Feed
Backward (Normal Feed) Position.
★ In push-drilling specification, push the control grip one
step to this side.
3. Press the impact switch (1) once.

The drifter activates strong impact and the rod is pulled 1
out.
Pull-Specification
★ The RP (Reverse Percussion) is automatically stopped 17308031
after 20 seconds.
4. When the RP (Reverse Percussion) needs repeated use,

temporarily stop impact and then press the impact switch
1
(1) again.
NOTICE
Continuous operation of the RP function not only
leads to increased oil temperature and degradation
Push-Specification
of the drifter function, but also to machine 17308030
breakdown.
Avoid the continuous use of the RP function, as
much as possible.
3-7-5
3.7.2 Switch Panel
WARNING
When the travelling speed switch (1) is changed in the course of moving, the machine
might meander.
Only change the traveling speed switch (1) after stopping the machine.
Food
1. Traveling Speed Switch

ＯＮＯＮＯＮＯＮＯＮ 2. Compressor Switch
ＯＦＦＯＦＦＯＦＦＯＦＦＯＦＦ
3. Headlight Switch
4. Rear Work Light Switch
10 1 4 3 2 5. Front Wiper Switch
6. Roof Wiper Switch
ＯＮＯＮＯＮ
ＯＮＯＮ 7. Side Wiper Switch (If Equipped)
ＯＦＦＯＦＦＩＮＴＩＮＴＩＮＴ 8. Rotary Light Switch (If Equipped)
9. Work Light Switch (If Equipped)
8 9 7 6 5
10. Food Switch (If Equipped)
17310069
1. Traveling Speed Switch

This switch changes over the traveling speed of the machine.
★ Change the traveling speed switch after temporarily stopping the machine.
ON position
When the travel lever is operated, the moving speed can be
freely adjusted within the range of 0 ~ 4.2 km/h.
★ When the machine is moved over uneven ground or a
rough road, reduce speed and move at slow speed.
OFF position ＯＮ
Press the switch in to the OFF side when traveling force is
ＯＦＦ
needed, as in traveling on soft ground or on sloping road.
The traveling speed will be fixed at the slow speed up to 2.8 17310009
km/h at maximum.
3-7-6
2. Compressor Switch
The compressor discharges compressed air when the engine is started.
The compressor switch controls the air discharged from the compressor in two stages; low pressure
and high.
★ Controlling the compressor switch when the engine is idling.
ON position
When ON side of the switch is pressed, the compressor
develops its full load in 30 seconds and a pulsating jet gushes.
The compressed air is discharged and the pressure in the
receiver tank is kept at 1.05 - 1.1 MPa.
When drilling, set the switch to ON. ＯＮ
OFF position
ＯＦＦ
The amount of air intakes by the compressor decreases and
when unloading the compressed air discharge pressure is low. 17310008
When unloading the receiver tank pressure is kept at 0.65 -

0.75 MPa.
★ When the engine is started or stopped, set the switch to
OFF.
3. Headlight Switch
Headlights
When ON side of the switch is pressed, the headlights on the
front and right side of the upper cabin are turned ON at the
same time.
When OFF side is pressed, they are turned OFF.
17314028
Headlights
The headlights attached to the right side of the cab are
standard equipment for a wide cab.
★ They are optional for HCR1500-ED II..
17314039
3-7-7
4. Rear Work Light Switch

When ON side of the switch is pressed, the rear work lights
are turned ON.
5. Front Wiper Switch

This switch activates the cab's front wiper.
ＯＮ Continuous Operation
Continuous operation/washer
When ON side of the switch is pressed, the wiper is operates OFF Position
continuously.
ＩＮＴ
If the switch is pressed again, washer fluid comes out. Intermittent Operation
When released, it automatically returns to continuous
operation. 17310010
Intermittent operation/washer
When INT side is pressed, the wiper works intermittently.
If the switch is pressed one more, washer fluid comes out.
When released, it automatically returns to intermittent
operation.
Neutral
The wiper operation is stopped.
Front Wiper
17314029
6. Roof Wiper Switch

This switch activates the roof wiper on the top of the cab.
When ON side of the switch is pressed, the wiper operates
continuously.
When INT side is pressed, the wiper operates intermittently.
If the switch is pressed once again then washer fluid comes
out during operation.
When set to neutral, the wiper stops. Roof Wiper
17314040
3-7-8
7. Side Wiper Switch (If Equipped)

This switch activates the side wiper on the right side of the
cab.
When ON side of the switch is pressed, the wiper operates
continuously.
When INT side is pressed, the wiper operates intermittently.
If the switch is pressed once again then washer fluid comes
out during operation. Side Wiper
When set to neutral, the wiper stops. 17314087
8. Rotary Light Switch (If Equipped)

Rotary Light
When ON side of the switch is pressed, the rotary light on top
of the cab is activated.
When OFF side is pressed, the rotary light goes off.
17314080
9. Work Light Switch (If Equipped)

When ON side of the switch is pressed, the work lights are
turned ON.
Work Lights
17314066
10. Food Switch (If Equipped)

When ON side of the switch is pressed, the suction cap cover
Cover
opens.
When OFF side is pressed, the cover is closed.
17207007
3-7-9
Rod Changer Control
3.8 Rod Changer Control
WARNING
Only operate the rod changer after making sure that there is no worker near the rod
changer.
CAUTION
When operating the rod changer, back the drifter at the rear end side of the guide
shell, otherwise the rod changer might be damaged.
Appearance of the Rod Changer
3
1 Clamp (F)
1. Slide Arm
2. Tooth
2 3. Clamp Shaft
17212001
4 4. Magazine
5 5. Set Plate
17212002
3-8-1
Rod Changer Control
2
3
1
Clamp (B)
1. Slide Base
2. Tooth
2 3. Clamp Shaft
17212003
4 5 4. Magazine
5. Set Plate
17212004
4
1. Rollers
3
2. Slider
3. Rotator Body
1
4. Orbit Motor
17212005
3-8-2
Rod Changer Control
3.8.1 Rod Changer Control Lever

A series of composite operation is automated from the [Adding] to the [Drawing] of the rods by the rod
changer by tilting the rod changer control lever (1) in one direction.
If the rod changer control lever (1) is set to neutral position, during operation, the operation will stop.
★ For the operation of the rod changer, refer to 4.7 “Rod Changer Operation”.
The rod changer control lever (1) is located in the drilling

console box.
17110008
3-8-3
Rod Changer Control
Rod Adding
Rod Feed 〔Swing IN〕

Move lever to the left and the rod stored in the magazine will
be grasped with the front and rear clamps and move to the
drilling center position.
Move lever to the left
17310093
Drifter position detect
Tooth of clamp (F) grasps and sets Tooth of clamp (B) grasps and sets
the rod the sleeve
１． Slide cylinder retracts and slide arm
１． moves backward and the rod set with the
set plate is raised
Slide arm retracts
Slide arm {Retract} detect

２． Clamp swings to the drilling center.
Slide arm [Swing IN]
２．
Clamp swings IN
Slide arm
３． Slide cylinder extends and slide arm
〔Swing IN〕 detect
moves forward and the rod moves to the
drilling center
３．
Slide arm moves forward
Slide arm 〔Extend〕 detect
４． Lever returns to the neutral position and

the buzzer sounds
Auto-grease applies grease to the
thread of the rod
４．
Return lever to the neutral position
3-8-4
Rod Changer Control
Clamp Retracting 〔Swing OUT〕

On completion of rod adding, make clamps at the drilling
center move to their retracting position.
Move lever to the right 17310094
Tooth of clamp (F) opens Tooth of clamp (B) opens

１． moves backward
Slide arm moves backward
Slide arm [Retract] detect

２． Clamp swings to the magazine side.
Slide arm [Swing OUT]
３． Set plate rotates and the rod store in the

２．３．
magazine moves to the transfer position
Clamp swings OUT Magazine rotates
Slide arm
４． Slide cylinder extends and slide arm
〔Swing OUT〕 detect
moves forward and the rod and sleeve
moved to the rod transfer position can be
４． grasped
５． Return lever to the neutral position and

Slide arm [Extend] detect the buzzer sounds
５．
3-8-5
Rod Changer Control
Rod Collecting
Rod Collecting 〔Swing IN〕

Move lever to the left and the rod at the drilling center will be
grasped with the front and rear clamps, which will be in a
collecting position.
Move lever to the left
17310093
Tooth of clamp (F) opens Tooth of clamp (B) opens

１． moves backward

２． Clamp swings to the drilling center.
Slide arm [Swing IN]
２．
Clamp swings IN
Slide arm
３． Slide cylinder extends and slide arm
moves forward and the rod and sleeve
can be grasped
３．
４． Return lever to the neutral position and

Slide arm [Extend] detect the half-rotation automatically operates to
retighten the shank rod to the sleeve
★For half-rotation, refer to the tightening
４． operation.
3-8-6
Rod Changer Control
Rod Storing 〔Swing OUT〕

On completion of rod separating, store the rod at the drilling
center into the magazine.
Move lever to the right 17310094
Tooth of clamp (F) grasps and sets Tooth of clamp (B) grasps and sets
the rod the sleeve
１． Slide arm moves backward, while holding

１．
the rod
２． Clamp swings to the magazine side,

while holding the rod.
２．３． Slide arm [Swing OUT]
Clamp swings OUT Magazine rotates ３． To store rod into magazine the set plate
rotates clockwise by one section
Slide arm
４． Slide cylinder extends and slide arm
[Swing OUT] detect
moves forward and the rod is forced into
the notch of the set plate
４．
Slide arm [Extend] detect
3-8-7
Rod Changer Control
Magazine Rotating
Move lever to the back or front and the magazine’s set plate
Reverse
will rotate. Use this operation when selecting the rod etc.
When rotating magazine, be sure to move the front and rear
clamps to the magazine side and check the slide cylinder
retracts (rod is not held).
Forward
17310092
Forward Rotation
Move lever to the back
１．２．１． Clamp swings to magazine side.

Slide arm Slide arm 〔Swing OUT〕
Slide arm 〔Retract〕 detect
〔Swing OUT〕 detect ２． Slide cylinder retracts and slide arm is in
backward position
３．３． Magazine’s set plate rotates

counterclockwise by one section
Magazine rotates forward
Magazine stops
Reversal Rotation
Move lever to the front
１． Clamp swings to magazine side.

１．２．
Slide arm 〔Swing OUT〕
Slide arm
Slide arm 〔Retract〕 detect
〔Swing OUT〕 detect ２． Slide cylinder retracts and slide arm is in
backward position
３．３． Magazine’s set plate rotates clockwise by

one section
Magazine rotates reverse
Magazine stops
3-8-8
Rod Changer Control
Tightening （Without Rotator）

To collect the rod, first separate the rod from the sleeve on the
centralizer side, then separate it from the sleeve on the shank
rod side.
When separating the rod, if the sleeve on the shank rod side
has been separated first, tighten the shank rod again and
resume the rod separating.
★ Tightening is enabled in a condition the front and rear
clmaps hold the rod at the drilling center.
17310095
Move lever to the back
Slide arm
Slide arm 〔Extend〕 detect
１． To tighten shank rod, tooth of clamp (F)

１． grasps and sets the rod
Tooth of clamp (F) grasps and sets

rod
２． Rod is locked and one sec later,
２． shankrod rotates forward to tighten itself
on sleeve: half-rotation is performed
Drifter’s shank rod rotates forward
Relief pressure to tighten shank rod is

almost half pressure (8MPa) compared
After shank rod is tightened on with relief pressure of ordinary rotation
sleeve, move lever to the neutral pressure
position
3-8-9
Rod Changer Control
Clamp Cylinder Operation

The clamp cylinder functions to hold, grasp and set the rod (or sleeve) by means of the tooth and
also to prevent the rod from changing in position from the center.
Three operations of the clamp cylinder are as follows:
Tooth〔Close〕
The Tooth〔Close〕grasps and set the rod (or sleeve) with the tooth not to move by extending the
piston rod of the clamp cylinder.
Tooth〔Open〕
The Tooth〔Open〕opens the tooth fully by retracting the piston rod of the clamp cylinder.
Half-Clamped
The tooth of the clamp (F) is half-clamped in a condition: when adding the rod, the rod is held at the
drilling center with the front and rear clamps, while the drifter is in forward rotation or fast feed.
The half-clamped applies pressure oil, 0.2 to 0.3MPa, to the clamp cylinder so as not to open the
tooth of the clamp (F). Result: the piston rod extends to slightly close the tooth and grasp the rod.
★ The half-clmaped only holds and supports the rod so it is completely different from the operation in
which the rod is grasped and set with the tooth of the clamp (F) not to move.
3-8-10
Rod Changer Control
3.8.2 Rod Changer Individual Control Panel
CAUTION
When the rod changer control switch is pressed, the rod changer performance in the
rod changer with a rotator is different from that in the rod changer without a rotator.
Before operating the rod changer control switches, check the rod changer
specifications.
Each of the rod changer control switches on the rod changer individual control panel (1) performs the
individual operation of the rod changer which is equivalent to the complex operation of the rod
changer performed by the rod changer control lever.
★ The rod changer individual control panel (1) is located on

the left side of the drilling console box.
1
17314093
3-8-11
Rod Changer Control
Rod Changer without Rotator
10. MANUAL-AUTO Selector Switch

11. Swing Switch
12. Clamp Switch (F)
13. Clamp Switch (R)
14. Slide Switch
1 2 3 4 5 6 15. Rotating Switch
17310096
★ Although the figure shows the rod changer with a rotator (option), the description here for rod
changer operation using switches is for a rod changer without a rotator.

This switch is used for automatically selecting the manual
operation and automatic operation of the rod changer.
Manual operation
When the upper side of the switch is pressed, the switch is
fixed and each manual operation switch can operate the rod
changer.
The rod changer centering and operation check can be done 17312144
manually.
Automatic operation
When the lower side of the switch is pressed, the switch is
fixed. ON
The rod changer can be operated by rod changer control
lever.
★ Select the automatic operating condition by pushing the
lower side of the switch in normal use.
OFF
17110015
3-8-12
Rod Changer Control
2. Swing Switch
This switch swings the front and rear clamps.
When the finger is released from the switch, the front and rear
clamps swinging is stopped.
★ When swinging the clamps, retreat the slide arms.
17312045
Clamp [Swing IN]

For moving the front and rear clamps to the drilling center side,
press the upper side of the slide switch and press the upper
side of the swing switch.
17212006
Clamp [Swing OUT]

For moving the front and rear clamps to the magazine side,
press the upper side of the slide switch and press the lower
side of the swing switch.
17212027
3-8-13
Rod Changer Control
3. Clamp Switch (F)

This switch opens and closes the clamp (F) tooth.
Press the switch on the upper or lower side.
17312046
Tooth [Open]
fixed and the clamp (F) tooth is kept open. Tooth
Tooth [Close]
fixed and the clamp (F) tooth is kept closed.
17212008
4. Clamp Switch (R)

This switch opens and closes the clamp (R) tooth.
17312046
Tooth [Open]
When the upper side of the switch is pressed, the switch is Tooth
fixed and the clamp (R) tooth is kept open.
Tooth [Close]
fixed and the clamp (R) tooth is kept closed.
17212009
3-8-14
Rod Changer Control
5. Slide Switch
This switch moves the slide arm on the front and rear clamps
forward and backward.
When the finger is released from the switch, the movement of
the slide arm is stopped.
17312048
Slide arm [Backward]

When the upper side of the switch is pressed, the slide arm on
the front and rear clamps is backward.
17212009
Slide arm [Forward]

When the lower side of the switch is pressed, the slide arm on
the front and rear clamps is forward.
17212011
3-8-15
Rod Changer Control
6. Rotating Switch
This switch rotates the set plates.
When the finger is released from the switch, the rotation of the
set plates stops.
★ To rotate the set plates, retreat the slide arms.
17312049
Set plate [Normal rotation]

When the upper side of the switch is pressed, the set plates
are turned counterclockwise.
Set plate [Reverse rotation] Reverse Rotation
When the lower side of the switch is pressed, the set plates
are turned clockwise.
Normal Rotation
17212010
3-8-16
Rod Changer Control
Rod Changer with Rotator

In a rod changer with a rotator (option), the use of the switch operation is somewhat different from
that of the rod changer without a rotator.

2. Swing Switch
3. Clamp Switch (F)
4. Clamp Switch (R)
5. Slide Switch
6. Rotating Switch
7. Rotator Slide Switch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8. Roll Clamp (OPEN) Switch
9. Rotator Switch
17310097

This switch is used for automatically selecting the manual
operation and automatic operation of the rod changer.
Manual operation
fixed and each manual operation switch can operate the rod
changer.
The rod changer centering and operation check can be done 17312144
manually.
Automatic operation
fixed.
ON
The rod changer can be operated by rod changer control
lever.
★ Select the automatic operating condition by pushing the
lower side of the switch in normal use.
OFF
17110015
3-8-17
Rod Changer Control
8. Swing Switch
This switch swings the rotator.
When it is pressed the rotator and the front and rear clamps
are swung.
Release finger to stop rotator swing.
★ When operating the swing switch, retreat the rotator and
slide arms.
17312045
Rotator [Swing IN]

For moving the rotator to the drilling center side, press the
upper side of the slide switch and press the upper side of the
swing switch.
17212013
Rotator [Swing OUT]

For moving the rotator to the magazine side, press the upper
side of the slide switch and press the lower side of the swing
switch.
17212028
3-8-18
Rod Changer Control
9. Clamp Switch (F)

This switch opens and closes the clamp (F) tooth.
17312046
Tooth [Open]
fixed and the clamp (F) tooth is kept open.
17212008
Tooth [Close]
fixed and the clamp (F) tooth is kept closed.
17212006
3-8-19
Rod Changer Control
10. Clamp Switch (R)

This switch opens and closes the clamp (R) tooth.
17312046
Tooth [Open]
fixed and the clamp (R) tooth is kept open.
17212009
Tooth [Close]
fixed and the clamp (R) tooth is kept closed.
17212014
3-8-20
Rod Changer Control
11. Slide Switch

This switch moves the slide arm on the front and rear clamps
forward and backward.
When the finger is released from the switch, the movement of
the slide arm is stopped.
17312048
Slide arm [Backward]

When the upper side of the switch is pressed, the slide arm on
the front and rear clamps is backward.
17212009
Slide arm [Forward]

When the lower side of the switch is pressed, the slide arm on
the front and rear clamps is forward.
17212011
3-8-21
Rod Changer Control
12. Rotating Switch

This switch rotates the set plates.
When the finger is released from the switch, the rotation of the
set plates stops.
★ To rotate the set plates, retreat the rotator and slide arms.
17312049
Set plate [Normal rotation]

When the upper side of the switch is pressed, the set plates
are turned counterclockwise.
Set plate [Reverse rotation] Reverse Rotation
When the lower side of the switch is pressed, the set plates
are turned clockwise.
Normal Rotation
17212010
13. Rotator Slide Switch

This switch slides the rotator rollers forward and backward.
When the finger is released from the switch, the rotator stops
sliding.
17312050
Rotator sliding [Backward]

When the upper side of this switch is pressed, the rollers are
slid backward.
Rotator sliding [Forward]
When the lower side of this switch is pressed, the rollers are
slid forward.
17212015
3-8-22
Rod Changer Control
14. Roller Clamp (OPEN) Switch

This switch opens and closes the rotator rollers.
Roller [Open]
fixed and the rotator rollers are kept open.
Rotator [Close]
When resetting this switch to the neutral position, rotator
rollers are closed. 17312047
17212016
15. Rotator Switch

This switch changes over the operation/stop of the rotator.
Rotator [Stop]
fixed and the rotator set to stop mode.
Rotator [Operation]
fixed and the rotator operated. 17312145
★ In normal operation, press the lower side of the switch to

operate the rotator.
17110015
3-8-23
Pressure Gauges
3.9 Pressure Gauges
1
2
3
4
1. Impact Pressure Gauge

2. Feed Pressure Gauge
3. Rotation Pressure Gauge
4. Flushing Air Pressure Gauge
17314118
1. Impact Pressure Gauge

This gauge indicates the drifter impact pressure.
2. Feed Pressure Gauge

This indicates the feed pressure in drilling.
The feed pressure is the pressure of the bit on the rock.
3. Rotation Pressure Gauge

This gauge indicates the drifter normal rotation pressure.
4. Flushing Air Pressure Gauge

This shows the pressure of the flushing air discharge.
3-9-1
Pressure Adjusting Handles
3.10 Pressure Adjusting Handles
NOTICE
The pressure-adjusting handles are used to make the adjustment required for
optimum drilling according to rock quality and drilling conditions.
For setting impact pressure and the appropriate rod revolutions, contact your nearest
distributor for adjustment.
3
2
1
1. Collaring Pressure Adjusting

Handle
2. Regular Drilling Pressure
Adjusting Handle
17214019
3. Rod Revolution Adjusting Handle
1. Collaring Pressure Adjusting Handle

When the drifter is collaring, adjust the pressure by checking on the gauge.
2. Regular Drilling Pressure Adjusting Handle

When the drifter is regular drilling, adjust the pressure, checking the pressure on the gauge.
When regular drilling, adjust the feed force and impact force so that the drifter's maximum impact
force is appropriate for the rock quality.
3. Rod Revolution Adjusting Handle

Measure the rod revolutions by using an exclusive tachometer.
It is necessary to establish the rod revolutions appropriate to the site, to get the fastest drilling speed.
Measuring the drilling speed does this.
3-10-1
Operator’s Seat
3.11 Operator’s Seat
3.11.1 Seat Adjustment
WARNING
Adjust the seat position so that the operator can step on the pedals easily with his
back on the back of the seat.
Before travelling or operation or when the operator is changed, adjust the seat
position.
There are two kinds of seat, suspension seat and high back seat.
Make adjustment properly for the installed seat.
Suspension Seat
CAUTION
A finger might get caught between the tilt lever and the seat stand, so use your palm
to press the tilt lever (3).
When the reclining lever (2) is pulled right up the back seat will suddenly fall forward.
Adjust the reclining range with your back firmly against the back seat.
Seat forward/backward adjustment

Pull up the slide lever (1), and slide seat to forward and
backwards. Set to desired position and release hand from
slide lever (1).
Adjustment range: 160 mm (10 steps)
1
17314095
3-11-1
Operator’s Seat
Reclining adjustment
Pull up the reclining lever (2), and set the back seat to the
desired position.
Then release the hand from the reclining lever (2).
★ Behind the back seat is attached a document porch for
inserting the instruction manual and parts list.
Seat tilting adjustment

When the tilt lever (3) is pressed down, the seat height can be
adjusted independently front and rear.
When the seat front height is to be raised, put your mass on
the back while the tilt lever (3) is pressed in. 2
When the seat back height is to be raised, put your mass on 3
17314093
forward while the tile lever (3) is pressed in.
Adjustment range: front and rear 13° (4 steps)
Armrest angle adjustment

The armrest can be raised to about an angle of 90°.
When the adjusting dial (4) is turned, the armrest can be
adjusted up or down.
Adjustment angle: upward 5°, downward 25°
17314031
Headrest adjustment
Pull up the headrest (5), and set to desired position.
The headrest can be inclined forwards to an angle of 60°.
5
Adjustment range: 0 - 50 mm
Suspension adjustment
Adjust it according to the operator's mass, so that the
indicated mass (kg) of the dial (6) reaches the same as the
operator's mass.
Adjustment range: 50 - 120 kg
17314093
3-11-2
Operator’s Seat
Turntable adjustment (if equipped)

Pull up lever (7) for turntable rotation, and turn the entire seat. 7
When the seat is at the desired position, release your hand
and make sure the turntable is fixed.
When the turntable is turned, the drilling control box and
drilling console box are turned together with it.
17114018
3-11-3
Operator’s Seat
High Back Seat

Seat forward/backward adjustment
Pull up the slide lever (1), and slide seat to forward and
backwards. Set to desired position and release hand from
slide lever (1).
Adjustment range: 160 mm (10 steps)
17114010
Reclining adjustment
Pull up the reclining lever (2), and set the back seat to the
desired position.
Then release the hand from the reclining lever (2). 2
★ Behind the back seat is attached a document porch for
inserting the instruction manual and parts list.
17114011
Armrest adjustment
The armrest (3) can be pushed down to an angle of 20° and
pulled up to an angle of 105°, depending on the horizontal
position.
Headrest adjustment 4
The headrest (4) can be pulled up for two steps.
3
17114012
3-11-4
Operator’s Seat
3.11.2 Seat Belt Adjustment (If Equipped)
WARNING
When the machine is equipped with seat belt, always wear the belt.
Before wearing the seat belt, always check it carefully. If scratch fluff on the seat belt,
or damage or deformation to the plate (1) or buckle (2) is found, replace it.
If the seat belt is not worn correctly, it might reduce its efficiency or it might cause other danger.
1. When the seat belt is to be worn, adjust the seat position

and sit deeply in it with your upper body upright.
1
2. Pull out the belt, holding the plate (1) and insert in buckle
(2) until “click” sound is heard.
★ When the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out,
temporarily house the belt and then pull out slowly.
3. Adjust the belt so that it closely contacts your hips as low 17314044
as possible.
4. When the seat belt is to be released, press the button (3)

on the buckle (2) and remove the plate (1).
When the plate (1) is removed, the seat belt is
automatically housed. 3
★ If the seat belt is not automatically housed, temporarily
pull out the belt and make it wind back slowly.
2
17314041
3-11-5
Operator’s Cab
3.12 Operator’s Cab
WARNING
When the machine is moved or when drilling, close the cab door.
Door Lock
The door can be locked both open and closed. When the door
is to be locked open, fix it by pressing the door against the
catcher section (1).
When the door is to be unlocked, press downs the lever (2) to

undo the catcher.
1
17314058
17314038
Mirror (If Equipped)

1
Adjust the mirror (1) so that the rear view is optimal. 2
Adjust the mirror (1) by loosening the adjusting nut (2).
17314056
3-12-1
Operator’s Cab
Open/Close Window
The window is slid, unlocking by pressing both knobs (1) with 1
your fingers.
After the glass has been slid, always lock it.
17314034
Room Lamp
When the slide switch (1) is slid to the side, the room lamp (2)
is turned on; when slid to the front, the room lamp (2) is turned
off.
★ The room lamp (2) can be turned on when the starter
switch key is set to ON position.
1 2
17314032
Luggage Box
Always keep the instruction manuals in the luggage box (1) to
be read at anytime.
1
17314046
Cup Holder １
Open the cover when using the cup holder (1).
When not used, it should be closed.
(Two types of installation locations are
available.)
3-12-2
Accessories in Cab
3.13 Accessories in Cab
Fire Extinguisher
For the fire extinguisher (1), read the instruction manual attached on it and understand its type of fire
extinguishing liquid and how to use it.
When the machine is delivered to you, set the fire extinguisher (1) to its bracket and fix it with the
band (2).
★ For how to use the fire extinguisher (1), refer to 3.13.1 “Handling of Fire Extinguisher”.
17314088
In the member nations of EU, the machine must equip itself with the fire extinguisher conformable to
“EN 791.5.12.2”.
This machine must equip itself with a fire extinguisher, which has proper chemicals of 6 kg or more.
Buy a fire extinguisher conformable to the First Services Act of the country where this machine is
used at Furukawa’s distributor, and then install it.
EN791.5.12.2 Fire extinguishers:

On any drill rig with a power rating not exceeding 50kW, at least one fire extinguisher, having an
agent with a mass of not less than 2 kg, shall be provided.
For a drill rig with a power rating above 50 kW but below 200kW, at least one fire extinguisher, having
an agent with a mass of not less than 6 kg, shall be provided.
For drill rigs with a power rating exceeding 200 kW, at least two fire extinguishers, each having an
agent with a mass of not less than 6 kg shall be provided.
Fire extinguishers shall be suitable for both extinguishing oil fires and fires in electrical installations.
For the fire protection of diesel driven underground drill rigs, there shall be an on-board, built in fire
extinguishing system covering the diesel engine compartment and equipped with:
- a manual triggering device for manned drill rigs;
- an automatic, triggering system on remotely controlled, unmanned or partly manned drill rigs.
If a fixed fire suppression system is built in, at least one portable fire extinguisher shall be fitted to the
drill rig.
The fire extinguishers shall fulfil the requirements of EN3: 1975.
3-13-1
Accessories in Cab
Angle Indicator
The angle indicators (1) show the inclination angle in the back-and-forth and right-and-rear directions
of the machine.
Check the machine’s inclination angle while the machine body is parallel with the ground.
★ The angle indicators (1) are mounted at the front and right
side of the cab.
1
17314067
17314068
Safety Hammer (If Equipped)
WARNING
As smashed glass spreads when the pane is broken with the safety hammer (1), wear
protective glasses in such a case.
When the cab door cannot be opened in the case of

emergency, in order to escape, break the front or rear glass
with the safety hammer.
1
17314035
3-13-2
Accessories in Cab
Car Stereo Set (If Equipped)

Listen to the car stereo set (1) with appropriate sound volume so that the operation of the machine is
not disturbed.
★ For the handling of the car stereo set, refer to instruction

manual being packed in the machine together.
17314037
IMS (If Equipped)

See "16. Special equipment"
Rear Monitor Camera (If Equipped)

Electric Angle Indicator (If Equipped)

3-13-3
Accessories in Cab
3.13.1 Handling of Fire Extinguisher
DANGER
Do not disassemble the fire extinguisher: the container might burst.
WARNING
The life period of the fire extinguisher is about 8 years.
When the hand of the pressure gauge (1) is not within the green range, there is rust or
scratching on the container, or the hose is degraded: replace the fire extinguisher by
new one.
If the fire extinguishing liquid gets into your eyes or on your skin, wash it well off with
clean running water and consult your doctor.
CX15004
The fire extinguisher in the machine is effective for the following:

General Fire: fiber, paper and wood fires.
Oil Fire: Diesel and other such oil fires.
Electric Fire: Fire in electrical equipment with a risk of shock.
Precautions in Extinguishing Fire

The forcible use might increase the fire. It may not be possible to use the extinguisher to deal with a
large fire or to use the extinguisher fast enough.
The fire extinguishing should be from the windward so that gases are not inhaled.
Tilting the extinguisher reduces its efficiency. Keep it as straight upright as possible.
The fire extinguishing liquid is electric conductive. In order to prevent a short circuit or electric
shock; turn off the power when fighting fire electrical equipment.
In fire fighting, approach the fire gradually keeping back 3 m after the fire is reduced.
When fighting fire always keep open an escape route.
3-13-4
Accessories in Cab
How to Use
1. Pull out the safety stopper on the top of the lever.
CX15001
2. Remove the nozzle from its holder and aim it at the origin
of a fire.
CX15002
3. Grasp the upper and lower levers strongly and discharge

the liquid, as though sweeping the origin of a fire.
When the hand is released from the levers, the discharge
of the liquid is stopped.
CX15003
3-13-5
4. Running Operation
4.1 Daily Inspection

Daily inspection is the inspection before the work of the day is started.
Make the inspection before operation results in using the machine safely or prevents failures.
Open/Close of the Cover
CAUTION
The cover springs open because of a of a gas spring (3).
When the cover is to be opened or closed, hold it so that it doesn't spring open.
The engine side covers, rear cover and top cover, are opened and closed as follows.
Opening
1. Insert the key and turn it clockwise to release the lock (1).
Pull up the handle (2).
★ Use the key dedicated to the cover open/close.
1 2
17102002
2. Turn the handle (2) counterclockwise.
3. When opening the engine cover/rear cover, pull the handle

as holding the cover and open it slowly.
17102003
4-1-1
Daily Inspection
4. The cover is raised until the gas spring (3) is fixed by the
stopper (4).
★ The gas spring (3) with the stopper (4) is installed on
the right hand side of the cover.
4
3
17202021
Closing
1. In the case of the engine cover/rear cover, hold the belt
with one hand and pull down the cover.
At the same time press the stopper (2) of the gas spring to
undo the lock.
★ The belt (1) is installed on the side cover and the rear
cover.
1
2. Pull belt (1), and when it is pulled down far enough for the 2
17202022
cover to be held by hand, press the cover down with both
hands to close.
3. Turn the handle (3) counterclockwise and house it.

Insert the key into the lock (4) and turn it counterclockwise
and lock it so that the cover cannot open.
Validate the lock not to open the cover.
4 3
17102008
4-1-2
Daily Inspection
4.1.1 Before Starting the Engine
Walk-Around Inspection
Check the surrounding and lower part of the machine by visual inspection for leakage of fuel or oil,
missing bolts and nuts, and conditions of working equipment and hydraulic system.
Check Drifter and Working Equipment

Make sure there is no galling or damage to the hydraulic cylinder and no oil leakage at the junctions
of high-pressure hoses.
5 1
172EDⅢ004
17313028
2 2
6 5 7
(1) Check the drifter for excessive wear, damage, and deformation.
(2) Check the front and rear clamps for excessive wear, damage, and deformation.
(3) Check the rotator and rotator rollers for excessive damage and wear.
(4) Check the boom and boom pedestal for excessive deformation, wear, and damage.
(5) Check the guide shell and guide mounting for excessive wear, cracking, and deformation.
(6) Check the foot pad and centralizer for excessive wear, cracking, and deformation.
(7) Check the hose reels for excessive deformation, damage, and cracking.
4-1-3
Daily Inspection
Check Chassis
1 2
4 3
172EDⅢ005
(1) Check the engine compartment loose or missing parts and for any evidence of damage or
leakage.
Check the receiver tank for oil leakage.
(2) Check the cooling system for coolant leaks and also check the radiator and oil cooler for clogging.
Check the air-conditioner condenser for clogging.
(3) Check the compressor and oil lines for leakage.
(4) Check the hydraulic oil lines for proper connections and leakage.
(5) Check the control panel interior and remove dust particles.
4-1-4
Daily Inspection
Check Cab/Traveling Device
172EDⅢ004
3
1
2
3
172EDⅢ003
5 6 7 8
(1) Wipe off any dirt on the front and side glasses and clean them.
Check the cab interior and remove dust particles.
(2) Check the steps or handrails for oil and mud, and clean them.
(3) Check the lights and mirror for damage, and clean them.
(4) Check the oscillating cylinders for galling and damage, and also check the high-pressure joints for
oil leakage.
(5) Check the front idlers and track rollers for oil leakage, excessive wear, damage, and cracking.
(6) Check the track frames for excessive wear, damage, and cracking.
(7) Check the carrier rollers for excessive wear, damage, and cracking.
(8) Check the drive motors for oil leakage and also check the sprockets for excessive wear, damage,
and cracking.
4-1-5
Daily Inspection
Check Engine Oil Level
NOTICE
Allow 5 to 6 minutes between addition of the engine oil and checking of the oil level.
To check it immediately after adding the engine oil will not show the true oil level.
1. Open the engine cover that is located on the left side of

the machine.
2. Remove the oil level gauge (1) and wipe oil off with a
clean cloth.
Install the oil level gauge (1) and remove the oil level
gauge (1) out again.
1
3. Maintain the oil level between the “ADD” and “FULL”

marks in the oil level gauge (1). 上限
If the oil level is low, add oil.
下限
4. Remove the oil filler cap (2) to add oil to the specified
level.
★ For the engine oil, refer to 11. “Fuels and Lubricants”.
5. Clean the oil filler cap (2) and install the oil filler cap (2).
6. Close the engine cover.

2
4-1-6
Daily Inspection
Check Radiator Coolant Level
WARNING
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank (1) when the engine is stopped and cool.
Do not open the radiator cap (3), when the radiator cap (3) is not necessary and when
the water is hot.
1. Open the engine cover that is located on the right side of

the machine
2. Maintain the coolant level between [FULL - LOW] lines on

the reservoir tank (1). If the coolant level is on below LOW 1
line, add coolant. Bring level up to FULL line.
If the coolant level is low, add coolant as follows.
17203046
NOTICE
If the coolant level drops within a short time, check
for coolant leaks from radiator, radiator hoses and
other parts of the cooling system.
FULL
LOW
17203001
3. Open the radiator cap cover (2).
4-1-7
Daily Inspection
4. Remove the radiator cap (3) and add coolant until it

reaches proper level.
5. Clean the radiator cap (3) with a clean cloth. Inspect the
radiator cap (3) and the cap seal for damage, deposits or
foreign material. Replace the radiator cap (3) if the radiator
cap (3) is damaged.
3
6. Install the radiator cap (3). Close the radiator cap cover
(2).
4-1-8
Daily Inspection
Drain Water and Sediment from Primary Fuel Filter
WARNING
Fuel leaked or spilled onto hot surfaces or electrical components can cause a fire.
Clean up all leaked or spilled fuel. Do not smoke while working on the fuel system.
CAUTION
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and mandates.
The primary fuel filter (1) separates water mixed with fuel to prevent trouble due to water.

the machine.
2. Place a suitable container under the drain valve (2)
3. Open the drain valve (2) in order to drain any fuel from the 1
fuel filter bowl (3).
4. Close the drain valve (2).
5. Close the engine cover. 2
4-1-9
Daily Inspection
Check Fuel Tank Level
WARNING
Personal injury or death can result from a fire. Clean up all leaked or spilled fuel.
Do not smoke while working on the fuel system.
★ Fill the fuel tank at the end of operation.
Check the fuel level in the level gauge (1) located on the left
side of the machine.
Remove the fuel cap (2).

When fueling, attach a strainer (3) on the fuel tank.
Wash the strainer (3) in a clean nonflammable solvent, if
1
necessary, to remove any foreign materials.
Replace the strainer (3), if the strainer (3) is damaged. 17202023
After fueling, install the fuel cap (2) securely.
2
3
17202025
4-1-10
Daily Inspection
Drain Water and Sediment from Fuel Tank
WARNING
Do not smoke while working on the fuel system.
CAUTION
★ The drain cock (1) is located on the left side of the machine.
Open the drain cock (1) and allow the water and sediment to
drain into a suitable container.
When clean fuel comes out, close the drain cock (1).
17202026
Close
Open
17202027
4-1-11
Daily Inspection
Check Hydraulic Oil Level
WARNING
Spilt oil must be cleaned up as it may cause fire.
★ The hydraulic tank is located on the right side of the machine.
Maintain the hydraulic oil level between the upper and lower
marks in the level gauge (1).
If the oil level is low, add oil by using the oil supply pump.
★ For supplying hydraulic oil, refer to 11.4 “Oil Supply
Pump”.
1
★ For the hydraulic oil, refer to 11. “Fuels and Lubricants”.
17205040
Upper Limit
Lower Limit
17305001
4-1-12
Daily Inspection
Drain Water and Sediment from Receiver Tank
WARNING
CAUTION
★ The drain cock (1) is located at the bottom of the receiver tank.

the machine.
2. Place a suitable container under the drain cock (1).
3. Open the drain cock (1) and allow the water and sediment. 1
When only clean oil comes out, close the drain cock (1).
17202028
Close
Open
17202002
4-1-13
Daily Inspection
Check Receiver Tank Oil Level
WARNING
NOTICE
Check the compressor oil level before engine start and during compressor operation.
★ For the compressor oil level check during compressor operation, refer to 4.2.3 “After Starting the
Engine”.

the machine.
2. Before the engine is stared, the level of the compressor oil

should be within the STOP mark of the level gauge (1).
2
3. Remove the receiver tank filler cap (2) and add oil, if 1
necessary.
★ For the compressor oil, refer to 11. “Fuels and
Lubricants”.
4. Clean the receiver tank filler cap (2) and install the
停止
運転
receiver tank filler cap (2).

P
O
T
S
N
U
R
4-1-14
Daily Inspection
Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminal
DANGER
Battery electrolyte is a dilute sulfuric acid solution, so avoid contact with eyes, skin
clothing or other metallic surfaces.
If it should get onto anything, wash it off quickly with water.
Get medical attention immediately.
Battery gas can explode.

Do not smoke when observing the battery electrolyte levels.
★ For handling the battery, refer to 6.3 “Battery Servicing”.
1. Open the rear cover (1).
2. Remove the dust cover (2) or the steel guard.

2
Clean the battery surface with a clean cloth. 1
Keep the terminals clean and keep the terminals coated
with petroleum jelly.
3. Inspect the electrolyte level in each battery cell.

Maintain the electrolyte level between the UPPER and
LOWER lines or 10 to 15mm above battery plate.
UPPER LEVEL
4. If the electrolyte level is low, remove the cap and add
distilled water.
UPPER LEVEL
5. Tighten cable clamps and ground connection. LOWER LEVEL
6. Install the dust cover (2) or the steel guard.

LOWER LEVEL
7. Close the rear cover (1). 26110071
4-1-15
Daily Inspection
Drain Water and Sediment from Air Filter
WARNING
When the bowl (2) is removed, make sure that the pointer of the pressure gauge (4)
shows “0” and the inside pressure is released, otherwise air might blow off.
The air filter is separate and removes moisture and dust from the air circuit.
Any separated moisture and dust accumulates at the bottom of the bowl (2) of the air filter.
1. Open the rear cover .
2. Press clamp ring (2) and turn the bowl (1) to remove the
bowl (2).
3. Drain the water and dust from the bowl (1) into a suitable
container. 3
2 1
4. Clean the inside of the bowl (1) with a clean cloth. 17209006
Install the bowl (1).
5. Close the rear cover
4-1-16
Operation of Engine
4.2 Operation of Engine

This section describes the engine operations from the start to stop.
4.2.1 Before Starting the Engine

1. Before boarding the machine and starting the engine,
perform a start-up inspection.
1
★ For the check items, refer to 4.1 "Daily Inspection".
2. Pull up the safety lock lever (1) and set it to “LOCK”.

Set all operation levers and switches to “Neutral” or “OFF”.
In a machine with an emergency stop system, reset the
stop condition.
17310072
Turn the engine throttle switch (2) to the [I] position.
3. Adjust the operator seat (3) position so that your back is

firmly against the seat while you can satisfactorily depress
the travel pedal.
3
★ For the adjustment of the operator seat (3), refer to
3.11.1 “Seat Adjustment”.
4. Fasten the seat belt.

★ For the seat belt, refer to 3.11.2 “Seat Belt
Adjustment”.
17314093
4-2-1
Operation of Engine
4.2.2 Starting the Engine
WARNING
When the engine is started, sound a warning horn to draw attention of the workers
around.
NOTICE
Do not keep turning the starter for more than 30 seconds.
If the engine starting fails, re-start after taking an interval of more than 2 minutes.
Normally Starting the Engine
1. Turn the starter switch key to the RUN (R) position.

Make sure the CAUTION lamps on the lamp assembly turn 2
on for about 5 seconds and then turn off. 1
★ The alternator (charge) CAUTION lamp (1) is kept ON
and not off.
2. If the PREHEAT CAUTION lamp (2) is on, hold the starter

switch key on the RUN (R) position until the PREHEAT
CAUTION lamp turns off.
3. Turn the starter switch key to the START (HS) position to STOP
RUN
start the engine. After engine start, release the starter
switch key and the switch key automatically returns to the
RUN (R) position. START
4. If no problem is found in the machine, all the CAUTION

lamps turn off.
4-2-3
Operation of Engine
Precautions when re-starting the Engine
CAUTION
If the engine is re-started with air stored in the receiver tank, it might damage not only
to the engine, but also pump, coupling and compressor.
Before the engine is re-started, wait for more than 5 minutes until the air is completely
bled from the receiver tank.
Make sure the hand of the pressure gauge (1) on the receiver
tank shows “0” and the inside pressure released when the
engine is re-started.
4-2-4
Operation of Engine
4.2.3 Check After Starting the Engine

Do not operate the machine immediately after engine starts, but perform the following operation and
check.
If the machine is equipped with an emergency stop system; make sure that the engine is stopped
with the emergency stop system. After checking that the engine is stopped, return the starter switch
key to the STOP (O) position to reset the stop condition.
1. After checking that the inside pressure of the receiver tank

has been released, re-start the engine.
2. If the hydraulic oil temperature is lower than 25°C, the 2

Hydraulic Oil Temp Low CAUTION lamp (1) turns on and 1
the oil is heated after 3 minutes after engine starts.
★ For detail, refer to 4.3 Automatic Heating of Hydraulic

Oil.
3. Idle the engine for three minutes and warm up.
4. Check that there is no abnormal vibration, noise, smell or

exhaust from the engine. And check that there is no oil
leak from the engine and hydraulic components.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine at high speed or perform
any quick lever operation until warm-up is complete.
4-2-5
Operation of Engine
Check Receiver Tank Pressure
WARNING
Compressed air might blow off.
When pulling the test ring (3), wear the protective glasses.
Don’t put your face or hand near the exhaust port (5).
The safety valve (4) discharges the air in the receiver tank to outside so that the inside pressure of
the receiver tank is not increased beyond the specified level.
The air blowout pressure from the safety valve (4) has been set to 1.18MPa.
1. When the hydraulic oil temperature low monitor lamp is

turned off, press the “ON” side of the compressor switch
(1) to go to a compressor full load condition.
ＯＮ
1 ＯＦＦ
17110009

the machine.
3. Check that the pressure inside the receiver tank becomes

3
stable within the rage of 1.05 - 1.1MPa, using the pressure 4
gauge (2).
2
4. Open the roof cover that is located on the top of the

machine.
5. Pull the test ring (3) of the safety valve (4) mounted at the
upper part of the receiver tank and makes sure that air
exhausts through exhaust port (5).
4-2-6
Operation of Engine
Check Receiver Tank Oil Level
WARNING
Spilled oil might cause fire. If any compressor oil is spilled, wipe it off carefully.
NOTICE
Perform a compressor oil level check while keeping the vehicle body horizontal.
When the receiver tank pressure check is completed, proceed with the oil level check.
1. Make sure the pressure inside the receiver tank becomes

stable within the rage of 1.05 - 1.1MPa, using the pressure
gauge (2).
2. Check the oil level at the level gauge (2) located on the
side of the receiver tank is in the arrow mark showing the
RUN.
3. If the oil is low, stop the engine and wait for 10 - 20

minutes. Then remove the oil filler port (3) to replenish the 3
compressor oil. 2

Lubricants”.
4-2-7
Operation of Engine
Adjust Drifter Lubricating Oil

This machine is equipped with an automatic oiling type lubricator for lubricating drifter front section.
Start the compressor after the engine is started and check and adjust the hydraulic oil level.
For lubrication of the drifter, refer to the “Hydraulic Drifter Maintenance Manual” (separate volume).
NOTICE
If lubricant is not available from the lubricator and the drifter is operated for long, it
might cause seizure of the chuck and chuck driver bush.
Make sure that the hydraulic oil is delivered to the site dome (2) of the lubricator
during drilling.
1. Start the compressor and pull the flushing lever (1) to this
side. When flushing air is discharged the dust collector is
activated.
17110008
2. When drilling, about 60 - 120 droplets of hydraulic oil per

minutes on the site dome (2) of the lubricator is
appropriate.
3. If the drop rate is too low or high turn the adjuster.

When the adjusting screw (3) is turned clockwise, the drop
3
rate is decreased.
When the adjusting screw (3) is turned counterclockwise, 2
the drop rate is increased.
17209005
4-2-8
Operation of Engine
Inspect and Adjust Feed Chain Tension

The chain, which moves the drifter and hose reels forward and backward, always needs an
appropriate tension.
If the chain is loose, it causes a caught-in failure into the carriage, one-sided wear of rollers, and
other troubles. The chain extends after use for a certain time.
Therefore, check and adjust the tension before work.
Inspection
Lower the guide shell to be horizontal to the ground.
Move the drifter to the rear end of the guide shell.
Insert bar into the middle section of the chain and lift it.
The chain is stretched properly if its looseness is within 50 -
60mm from upper face of guide shell.
If it is right loose noticeably, adjust the tension. 50 ~ 60 mm
17307002
Adjustment
1. Loosen the chain adjuster fixing nuts (1) on both right and 2
left.
2. Tighten the right and left adjusting nuts (3) in turn so that
the front shaft (2) is at a right angle to the guide shell.
3. Check the tension of the chain is appropriate. 3 1
4. After checking the tension of the chain, tighten the fixing

nuts (1) on the right and left.
4-2-9
Operation of Engine
Greasing
When greasing, press the touch switch on the hydraulic cylinder control panel to ground the guide
shell and stop the engine. Pull up the safety lock lever and set it to LOCK.
If grease is contaminated with dust or sand, it causes early wear of rotary parts.
Wipe off extruded old grease after grease lubrication.
Foot Pad
(1) Rod holder pin (2 points)
(2) Slide cylinder slider (2 points)
1
17216003
(3) Clamp cylinder arm pin (1 point)

(4) Clamp cylinder plate pin (2 points)
(5) Arm plate pin (2 points)
5
3
17216006
4-2-10
Operation of Engine
Guide Shell
(1) Sprocket shaft (1 point)
1
17316109
Automatic Greaser Nozzle

(1) Swing arm plate pin (1 point)
17216006
Carrier
FRONT SIDE
(1) Swing Cylinder (2 points)
(2) Carrier(F) (1 points) 1
(3) Carrier(R) (1 points)
17316115
FRONT SIDE
1
17316116
4-2-11
Operation of Engine
REAR SIDE
Magazine
FRONT SIDE
(1) Magazine shaft (2 points)
1
17316117
REAR SIDE
17316119
4-2-12
Operation of Engine
Clamp
FRONT SIDE
(1) Clamp (F): Slide arm (6 points)
(2) Clamp (R): Slide arm (6 points)
17316081
REAR SIDE
17316082

(1) Gear box (4 points)
(2) Slide Guide (1 point)
17216032
2
17216031
4-2-13
Operation of Engine
4.2.4 Stopping the Engine

The engine is heated if it has been operated under load.
When the engine is stopped suddenly, abnormality such as seizure of the turbo charger may be
caused. Stop the engine by cooling gradually.
NOTICE
Before stopping the engine, press the “OFF” side of the compressor switch so that the
compressor is unloaded.
1. Place the machine on level ground and set the travel

posture or put the guide shell in vertical position, then
press the foot pad to the ground.
2. Set all the operation levers and switches to “Neutral” or

“OFF”.
3. Turn the engine throttle switch (1) to the [I] position and
idle the engine for 2 - 3 minutes.
4. Return the starter switch key to the STOP (O) position to

stop the engine.
★ If the engine is not stopped even when the starter
switch key is set to “OFF” position, check the engine
stopper or electrical system. RUN
STOP
START
5. Pull up the safety lock lever (2) and set it in the “LOCK”
position.
2
17310072
4-2-14
Automatic Heating of Hydraulic Oil
4.3 Automatic Heating of Hydraulic Oil
After the engine is started, if the temperature of hydraulic oil is less than 25°C the Hydraulic Oil Temp
Low CAUTION lamp (1) in the lamp assembly turns on.
The oil is started heating after 3 minutes after the Hydraulic Oil Temp Low CAUTION lamp (1) turns
on. After starting automatic heating of oil, turn the engine throttle switch to the [Ⅱ] position and keep
heating until the Hydraulic Oil Temp Low CAUTION lamp goes off.
★ When the temperature of hydraulic oil rises to 25°C or more, the CAUTION lamp goes off and
automatic heating is completed.
Before traveling the machine or performing the drilling, warm

the oil fully and check that the Hydraulic Oil Temp Low
CAUTION lamp (1) turns off.
During automatic heating of hydraulic oil, the drifter's impact of blows cannot be performed.
If temporarily required to perform the impact of blows, cancel the automatic heating.
★ For canceling the automatic heating, refer to 6.1.1 “Emergency Run Switch.”
4-3-1
Traveling the Machine
4.4 Traveling the Machine
WARNING
If any abnormality is found do not operate the machine until checking and
maintenance is completed.
Test operation in a safe place to check proper operations and traveling condition.
After engine start the engine warm-up operation is performed. After the heating of hydraulic oil is
completed, make sure that the indications of the touch switches on the hydraulic cylinder control
panel agree with the operations of the work equipment.
Carry out traveling at low speed and check the machine goes straight and the traveling lever
operates normally.
4-4-1
4.4.1 Traveling Posture

For traveling the machine, set it to “Traveling Posture” without fail.
172EDⅢ004
172EDⅢ003
1. Operate the touch switches on the hydraulic cylinder control panel so that the vehicle body is
parallel to the ground.
2. Retract the extension boom to the minimum.
3. Move the drifter to the rear end of the guide shell.
4. Operate the touch switches so that the guide shell is horizontal to the vehicle body and set to
place the bracket (1) on the pedestal (2).
★ When the bracket (1) is placed on the pedestal (2), take the greatest care not to crush the oil
hose.
4-4-2
4.4.2 Starting
WARNING
When the machine is started sound the horn to draw attentions of workers around.
In particular, the rear of the machine is a blind spot for the operator.
When the machine is moved backwards, make sure there is no worker or obstacle,
using the under mirror.
CAUTION
In order to lighten the impact of the change over operation, when changing over from
forwards and backwards, stop the machine temporarily.
When the safety equipment works, the machine does not travel even if the travel levers (4) are tilted
once.
When the safety equipment works and so the machine cannot travel, tilts the right or left travel lever
(4) forward or to your side once. Then, the machine can travel.
★ For the safety equipment, refer to 3.3 “Travel Levers”.
1. Turn the engine throttle switch (1) to the [II] position.
2. Operate the touch switches (2) on the hydraulic cylinder

control panel to set the machine to the “Traveling Posture.” 2
★ Refer to 4.4.1 “Traveling Posture.”
17214018
4-4-3
3. Change over the travel speed switch (3) if necessary.
17110008
4. Push the right and left travel levers (4) (or pedal) to
4
forwards or pull them to this side (backward) to move the
machine.
The travel speed is adjusted by operating the travel levers.
17314120
4-4-4
4.4.3 Direction Control
WARNING
Do not change the direction of movement on sloping ground, if possible; otherwise
turnover or slide might occur.
CAUTION
Do not perform spin-turn at high speed or quick turn on rocky or clay bed: the track
shoes may come off or udder carriage is worn earlier than usual.
For switching over from the forward or backward, stop traveling the machine once.
Change the travel direction using the travel levers (1). Operate the travel levers (1) as follows.
17314120
When the machine is stopped and the right travel lever is

pushed forwards, the machine turns to the left in its forward
movement. When the right travel lever is pulled this side, the
machine turns to the left its backward movement.
★ When the left travel lever is pushed forwards, the machine
turns to the right in its forward movement. When the left
travel lever is pulled to this side, the machine turns to the
right in its backward movement.
前進左折：
後進左折：
4-4-5
When the machine is moving forward and is to be turned left,

gradually return the left travel lever to neutral.
The machine will be slowly turned to the left.
When the machine is moving backward and is to be turned left,
gradually return the left travel lever to neutral.
The machine will be slowly turned to the left.
★ When the machine is moving backward and is to be turned
right, gradually return the right travel lever to neutral.
：前進左折
The machine will be slowly turned to the right.
：後進左折
For a left spin-turn, pull the left travel lever this way and at the
same time push the right travel lever forwards.
★ For a right spin-turn, pull the right travel lever this way and
at the same time push the left travel lever forwards.
NOTICE
For a spin-turn, select solid and flat ground and
temporarily stop the machine.
172EDⅢ007
4-4-6
4.4.4 Stopping the Machine
WARNING
When a machine is stopped on an inclination background, press the end of the foot pad
against the ground. Place a block to each track shoe.
CAUTION
When the machine is to be stopped, reduce the engine speed and slowly return the
travel levers to neutral and then stop it with calm and composure.
Foot Pad
Stopper
17207021
1. Select solid and flat ground and slowly return the right and
left travel levers (1) to neutral to stop the machine. 1
★ The travel levers (1) are returned automatically to
neutral when hands are released from levers.
17314120
4-4-7
2. Turn the engine throttle switch (2) to the [I] position.
3. Press the touch switch on the hydraulic cylinder control

panel to set the traveling posture or guide shell
downward, and press the end of the foot pad against the
ground.
★ For the traveling posture, refer to 4.4.1 “Traveling
Posture.”
position.
3
17310072
4-4-8
Parking the Machine
4.5 Parking the Machine
WARNING
Do not park the machine anywhere they may be landslide or lower place where
collapse of scaffold might occur. Park the machine on the flat and solid ground.
When a machine is stopped on an inclination background,

press the end of the foot pad against the ground. Place a
block to each track shoe.
Foot Pad
Stopper
17307039
1. Select a solid flat place and slowly return the right and left
travel levers (1) to neutral to stop the machine. 1
★ The travel levers (1) are returned automatically to the
neutral when hands are released from the levers.
2. Presses the touch switches on the hydraulic cylinder

control to set the traveling posture or guide shell to down
and press the end of the foot pad against the ground. 17314120
★ For the travel position, refer to Item 4.4.1 “Traveling

Posture”.
3. Set all operation levers and switches in the “Neutral” or

“OFF” position.
4-5-1
Parking the Machine
4. Turn the engine throttle switch (2) to the [I] position.

Turn the starter switch key to the STOP (O) position to
stop the engine.
position.
3
6. Pull out the starter switch key.

The starter switch key should be stored in the right place.
17310072
4-5-2
Parking the Machine
4.5.1 Locking
CAUTION
When you leave the machine, lock it to prevent theft or tampering.
1
2
4 5
172EDⅢ003
8
7
172EDⅢ005
(1) Cab Door

★ Always close the windows.
(2) Air Filter Cover
(3) Control Panel
(4) Engine Side Cover (2 locations on the right and left)
(5) Rear Cover
(6) Top Cover
(7) Engine Top Cover
(8) Fuel Cap (If Equipped)
4-5-3
Drilling Work
4.6 Drilling Work
WARNING
Do not allow the workers to approach within the danger zone when drilling; otherwise
accident might lead to injury or death.
Wear earplugs, earmuffs, or other sound preventive protectors during the work,
otherwise the drilling work without these protectors may damage hearing.
If the operator inhales dust over a long time, it might affect his health and he contracts
pneumoconiosis. Wear dust-proof mask during drilling work.
NOTICE
Operate the emergency stop system before drilling work is started, and confirm the
engine stops.
During drilling, adjust the hydraulic equipment to obtain the optimum drilling condition applicable to
the rock nature.
★ For adjusting the hydraulic equipment, refer to “Adjustment Manual” (separate volume).
4.6.1 Preparation for Drilling

After moving the machine to the site, make a performance check of each section.
1. Press the ON side of the compressor switch (1).

The compressor will be fully loaded about 30 seconds later
and compressed air is stored in the receiver tank.
2
2. Make sure the injection sound of pulse jet air for shaking
down dust particles is heard from dust collector.
3. Tilt the flushing lever (2) to this side.
4. Make sure the air is discharged from bit tip and the dust 1
collector exhaust shutter is open.
17110008
4-6-1
Drilling Work
5. Make sure lubricating oil drops into site dome of the

lubricator (3).
6. Make sure the exhaust air with hydraulic oil is discharged

from the exhaust port and front section of the drifter.
★ For lubrication of drifter, refer to “Hydraulic Drifter
Maintenance Manual” (separate volume). 3
17209007
Drifter Warm-up
CAUTION
Warm up the drifter before drilling, otherwise galling is generated on drifter piston and
valve.
For drifter warm-up, press the impact switch (1) with the control grip at neutral, and perform strong
impacting for 2 - 3 seconds, then stop.
The impact operation is repeated until the drifter impact pressure is raised and stabilized.
17308043
4-6-2
Drilling Work
4.6.2 Collaring
WARNING
Stop the drilling operation before cleaning the drilling hole and filling the hole with
clay.
NOTICE
If the surface layer condition is no good, drilling becomes impossible or the drifter can
not move backward due to collapse of the hole wall.
If the hole is not stable, reinforce with clay.
Perform collaring before regular drilling for reducing the damage or wear of drilling tools and carrying
out drilling work efficiently.
Perform collaring to a depth of 20 - 30 cm until the drilling position and drilling direction are stabilized.
★ In the case of limestone mine, 1 - 2 m of collaring might be required until the surface layer
becomes stable.
★ The levers and switches when collaring are shown on the

right figure.
3
1
17314122
1. Turn the engine throttle switch (5) to the [III] position.
4-6-3
Drilling Work
2. Press the touch switch (1) on the hydraulic cylinder control

panel so that the tilt angle of the guide shell equals the
bench set angle. Position the guide shell on the drilling
point and press down the foot pad (6).
★ The guide shell tilt angle can be checked using the
angle meter (7) installed on the boom.
3. Move the guide shell forward by operating the guide slide

switch until the front of the track shoe is 5 - 10cm off the
ground, and then stop it.
5 – 10cm
17207022
4. Press the left of the rotation switch on the control grip (2)
and turn the shank rod normally.
17308008
4-6-4
Drilling Work
5. Tilt the flushing lever (3) forward.
17310085
6. Press the impact switch and pull the control grip (2) one
Pull-drilling Specification
step to this side.
★ In the push-drilling specification, push the control grip
(2) one step forward.
The drifter is moved forward and collaring is started with a

light impacting.
17308033
7. Pull the feed pressure control dial (4) to unlock.

Turn the dial to drilling with low thrust.
Push-drilling Specification
17308032
4-6-5
Drilling Work
4.6.3 Regular Drilling

The drilling position and direction become stable after collaring, and when the drifter has passed
through the surface layer then start the regular drilling.
★ The levers and switches for regular drilling are shown on

the right figure.
2
4 5
17214020
1. Tilt the hood & centralizer switch (1) to this side and press
the hood (6) so that the hole to be drilled is totally covered.
Return the hood & centralizer switch (1) to neutral.
17310087
17407003
17310086
4-6-6
Drilling Work
3. Pull the control grip (3) one step further to this side and fix
it at the second position.
(3) two steps forward and fix it there.
The drifter starts a strong impacting and regular drilling.
17308011
17308034
4. Set the anti-jamming switch (4) to any of [I], [II] or [III].
Ⅰ
O Ⅱ
ＲＰ Ⅲ
17310044
5. When regular drilling has started, turn the feed pressure

control dial (5) to adjust the feed force.
4-6-7
Drilling Work
Drilling Precautions
Beware with Blow Up of Cuttings

Check if cuttings are blows up by means of flushing air during drilling.
If the blowhole at the bit tip is stuffed, the flushing air pressure is increased.
If the blowout of the flushing air becomes weak, cuttings cannot be discharged normally to easily
result in hole stuffing and jamming.
★ When the anti-jamming switch is set to [I] or [II], the drifter moves backward automatically when
the flushing air pressure has increased, or the airflow has dropped due to stuffing of bit tip.
Ⅰ
O Ⅱ
ＲＰ Ⅲ
17310039
Clean the Drilling Hole

If the cuttings cannot be discharged normally or the flushing air pressure increases, stop the impact
and move the drifter up and down 2 – 3 times to clean the hole before re-starting drilling.
★ When the anti-jamming switch is set to [II], the drifter is automatically stopped moving forward if
the rotation pressure is excessively increased.
Beware of Spring Water

If dirty water is collected, the filter element in the dust collector may be clogged and dust collection
degraded.
If spring water comes out during drilling, tilt the flushing lever
to the left and stop the dust collector operation.
17310082
4-6-8
Drilling Work
4.6.4 Using Anti-Jamming Controller
NOTICE
Before activating the anti-jamming controller in drilling, reset the anti-jamming control
and adjust the machine for smooth drilling.
To adjust the anti-jamming controller, ask your nearest distributor.
★ For adjustment of the anti-jamming controller, refer to the “Adjustment Instruction Manual”
(separate volume).
Generally, in drilling, if the rock is hard the rotation pressure should be set to high and if the rock is
soft it should be set to low.
For efficient drilling, if the rock is soft and the rotation pressure is high, the feed pressure and impact
pressure should be set to low: if the rock is hard and the rotation pressure is low, the feed and impact
pressures should be set to high.
When drilling with the anti-jamming controller on, set the mode selector switch to N mode and the
anti-jamming switch to [III].
Set the guide shell at drilling position while performing impact and rotation, and then turn the control
grip to the regular drilling position.
The rotation, feed, impact and damper pressures are detected and each pressure is controlled so as
to optimize drilling in changing rock quality and rock bed.
Automatic drilling is available by activating the anti-jamming controller.
★ For the anti-jamming switch, refer to 3.7.1 “Control Panel”.
4-6-9
Drilling Work
4.6.5 End of Drilling Work
Mounting and Dismounting the Rods
NOTICE
Long time no-rotation free-impact causes the bit and rod to slip off.
When the screw is loosened in the rod or sleeve, the impacting sound is changed.
Pay attention to the impacting sound during rotation-free impact.
The rods are added to each other, and drawn by loosening screws of the sleeves and rods by means
of rotation-free impact after the end of all drilling work.
These rods are mounted and dismounted by operating the rod changer without any direct handling of
these rods by a worker.
★ For the levers and switches in rotation-free impact, refer to

the right figure.
2
4 1
17314123
1. After drilling return all operation levers and switches,

except for the anti-jamming switch (1), to NEUTRAL or
OFF.
17310086
4-6-10
Drilling Work
3. Pull the control grip (3) two steps to this side and push the
bit tip against the drilling hole bottom, and then press the
impact switch (5).
5
(3) two steps forward.
The drifter performs rotation-free impact to loosen the

screws of the sleeves and rods.
17308036
5
17308035
4. Press the impact switch (5) again to stop impact and return
the control grip (3) to neutral.
17308037
5. Recover the rods by operating the rod changer control

lever (4).
4-6-11
Drilling Work
Checks after Drilling Work
CAUTION
If there is any abnormality perform maintenance or repair and replace the faulty
component.
After drilling, check each part of the machine, to maintain the machine safety and avoid breakdown.
1. Look around the machine to check for oil leakage and visible damage.
2. Check the boom and boom mounting part for deformation and damage.
3. Check the bit for excessive wear and damage.
4. Check the guide shell for deformation and damage.
5. Check the drifter for visible damage, leakage and damage to fittings.
6. Check the joints of high-pressure hose and hoses for proper connection and leakage.
7. Check the rod changer for excessive oil leak, excessive deformation, and damage.
8. Check the rods for bending, damage, cracking, other defects, or wear of threaded sections.
9. Check the engine room inside for loose or missing parts and oil leakage.
10. Check the carriage and remove mud.
4-6-12
Rod Changer Operation
4.7 Rod Changer Operation
WARNING
Do not touch any rotation section such as the rod (1), sleeve (2) or shank rod (3)
during rod changer or drifter operation; otherwise your finger or other part of your
body might be caught.
If your finger or other part of your body is caught by the moving part of the centralizer
(4), it causes cutting or crushing.
When the centralizer (4) is opened or closed to install or remove the sleeve (2), decide
upon signals between the operator and other workers to avoid being caught by the
centralizer (4).
If the control grip is operated wrongly, an accident resulting in injury or death may
occur.
Before operating the rod changer, check the drilling method.
17212033
17312037
In the following chapter, the rod changer operations of the pull-drilling specification and push-drilling
specification are explained separately.
★ For the operation in pull-drilling specification, refer to 4.7.1 “Pull-drilling Specification”.
★ For the operation in push-drilling specification, refer to 4.7.2 “Push-drilling Specification”.
4-7-1
4.7.1 Pull-drilling Specification
Loading of Rods
WARNING
The rods are heavy. When it is loaded in the rod changer, lift the rods using a vehicle
such as crane dedicated to heavy lifting.
For loading the rods, decide upon signals between the operator of the rod changer
and the worker who connects the rods and maintain a good communication during the
work.
NOTICE
Screw the sleeve in the rods to be loaded.
For loading the rods, start by warming up the engine to heat the hydraulic oil.

panel to lower the guide shell in parallel to the ground.
3
4
1
17314122
2. Set the engine throttle switch (2) to the [III] position.
3. Push the control grip (3) forward fully to move the drifter
fast backward.
When the drifter speed is changed from fast backing to
2
normal backing, return the control grip (3) to neutral.
4-7-2
4. Tilt the rod changer control lever (4) to the right to move
the front and rear clamps to the refuge position.
Return the rod changer control lever (4) to neutral.
5. Operate the rod changer control lever (4) to rotate the set
plates to a place where the rod is loaded easily.
Return the rod changer control lever (4) to neutral. 5
17212010
6. Set the lifting tools such as nylon sling to the rod.

Then, lift the rod with a crane to insert it into the set plate.
7. In the same procedure, load the rod into the magazine’s

set plate.
★ Maximum 6 rods can be loaded.
5
17212017
4-7-3
Adding of Rod
When the rod is added, open the centralizer for rotation-free impact and loosen the shank rod and
sleeve.
★ For the levers and switches in the rod adding, refer to the
right hand figure.
1
4 3
17314123
1. Return the flushing lever (1) to neutral and stop the air
flushing.
17310084
2. Push the control grip (2) forward fully.

Move the drifter fast backward until the lower end of the
sleeve reaches 30cm above the centralizer.
Then stop the drifter.
About 30cm
17312006
4-7-4
3. Pull the control grip (2) to this side and slowly move the
drifter forward to where the lower end of the sleeve can be
caught by the centralizer. Then stop the drifter.
17312007
4. Tilt the hood & centralizer switch (3) to the right and catch
the sleeve by the centralizer.
17312088
5. Pull the control grip (2) to this side again to move the
drifter forward to where the sleeve touches the offset part
of the centralizer. Then stop the drifter.
17312008
4-7-5
6. Push the control grip (2) forward and slowly move the
drifter backward to where play of the shank rod occurs.
17312009
7. When play of the shank rod occurs, press the right side of
the rotation switch to turn the shank rod reversely and
separate the sleeve from the shank rod.
★ When the shank rod has been separated, the
automatic grease nozzle applies grease to the screw
section on the shank rod.
17308038
8. When the shank rod has been separated, release your

finger from the rotation switch.
Push the control grip (2) forward fully to move the drifter
fast backward.
17312011
4-7-6
9. Tilt the rod changer control lever (4) to the left.

The front and rear clamps catch a rod and are moved to
the drilling center.
The automatic grease nozzle applies grease to the screw
section on the rod.
★ Keep the rod changer control lever (4) tilted to the left
until the automatic grease nozzle applies grease to the
screw section on the rod.
17310093
17212019
17212018
10. Pull the control grip (2) to this side.

When the drifter is moved forward to where the distance
between shank rod and upper sleeve reaches about 10cm,
press the left side of the rotation switch.
Move the drifter forward with the shank rod turned
normally and screw the shank rod onto the upper sleeve.
About 10cm
17312067
4-7-7
11. When the shank rod has been completely screwed into the
upper sleeve, the rod is normally turned and moved
forward. Then the rod is screwed into the lower sleeve.
When the rod is screwed two or three turns into the lower
sleeve, press the left side of the rotation switch to stop the
rotation of the shank rod and return the control grip (2) to
neutral.
17312068
★ After operations of front and rear carriers are stopped,
return the rod changer control lever (4) to neutral.
17310094
17212021
17212020
4-7-8
13. Tilt the hood & centralizer switch (3) to the left to open the
centralizer. Re-start drilling.
17310083
14. When the lower sleeve passes through the centralizer, tilt
the hood & centralizer switch (3) to the right to close the
centralizer.
17312091
4-7-9
Drawing of Rods
After the end of all drilling, loosen each screw thread part by rotation-free impact.
★ For the levers and switches in rod drawing operation, refer

to the right hand figure.
4
2
3
5 1
17314123
1. Set the anti-jamming switch (1) to the [O] position.
Ⅰ
O Ⅱ
ＲＰ Ⅲ
17310039
centralizer.
17310083
4-7-10
3. Push the control grip (3) forward fully. Move the drifter fast
backward until the lower end of the sleeve reaches 30cm
above the centralizer. Then stop the drifter.
About 30cm
17312015
drifter forward until the centralizer can hold the lower end
of the sleeve. Then stop the drifter.
17312016
5. Tilt the hood & centralizer switch (2) to the right to hold the
sleeve by the centralizer.
6. Again pull the control grip (3) to this side and move the
drifter forward until the sleeve touches the offset part of
the centralizer. Then stop the drifter.
17312092
4-7-11
flushing.
★ When the rod is withdrawn from the drilled hole, tilt the
flushing lever (4) to this side to flush the air.
17310084
8. Tilt the rod changer control lever (5) to the left to move the
front and rear clamps to the drilling center from their
refuge position.
When the rod changer control lever (5) is returned to
neutral, the teeth on the front and rear clamps close and
hold the rod.
★ Return the rod changer control lever (5) to neutral after
the clamp action is stopped.
17310093
17212016
17212022
4-7-12
17312018
separate the sleeve from the rod.
11. When the rod is lifted and the distance between sleeve
and rod reaches 25 - 35mm, the front and rear clamps are
About 25 - 35mm
closed and the rod and sleeve on the shank rod are held.
17312073
12. When the front and rear clamps are closed, the separation
of the shank rod from the sleeve is started.
After the separation of rod from sleeve, return the control
grip (3) to neutral and release your finger from the rotation
switch.
17312020
4-7-13
13. When the rod is separated from the sleeve, if the sleeve
on the shank rod is first loosened and starts to separate,
stop the separation and screw the shank rod into the
sleeve with the following procedure.
When the shank rod is screwed into the sleeve, repeat the
steps 9 - 12 and drawn the rods.
14. Tilt the rod changer control lever (5) to this side.
The clamp (F) hold the sleeve onto the shank rod and the
shank rod is turned normally.
17310095
15. When the shank rod is turned normally, pull the control
grip (3) to this side and move the drifter forward slowly.
The shank rod is screwed in the sleeve.
16. When the shank rod is screwed into the sleeve, return the
rod changer control lever (5) and control grip (3) to neutral.
17312021
4-7-14
17. When the sleeve cannot be separated from the rod, again
screw the shank rod into the sleeve and perform
rotation-free impact to loosen the screw with the following
procedure.
Then return the rod changer control lever (5) to neutral. 17310094
NOTICE
Before performing the rotation-free impact, move
Otherwise, the rod changer will be damaged.
17212025
17212026
19. After the front and rear clamps move to the refuge position,
press the impact switch (6) for rotation-free impact to
loosen the screw. When the rotation-free impact is
completed, repeat the steps 8 - 12.
6
17308043
4-7-15
20. When the rod is separated, tilt the rod changer control
lever (5) to the right and load the rod held at the drilling
17310094
17212023
17212024
21. Pull the control grip (3) to this side fully and move the
drifter fast forward until the distance between shank rod
and sleeve is about 15cm. Then stop the drifter.
About 15cm
17312022
4-7-16
22. Press the left side of the rotation switch and pull the
control grip (3) to this side.
normally and screw the shank rod into the sleeve.
17312023
23. When the rod is screwed 2 - 3 turns into the sleeve, press
the left side of the rotation switch again to stop shank rod
rotation.
Then return the control grip (3) to neutral.
17312079
24. Repeat steps 2 - 23 to drawing the remaining rods.
4-7-17
4.7.2 Push-drilling Specification
Loading of Rods
WARNING
The rods are heavy. When it is loaded in the rod changer, lift the rods using a vehicle
such as crane dedicated to heavy lifting.
For loading the rods, decide upon signals between the operator of the rod changer
and the worker who connects the rods and maintain a good communication during the
work.
NOTICE
Screw the sleeve in the rods to be loaded.
For loading the rods, start by warming up the engine to heat the hydraulic oil.

panel to lower the guide shell in parallel to the ground.
3
4
1
17314122
2. Set the engine throttle switch (2) to the [III] position.
3. Pull the control grip (3) to this side fully to move the drifter
fast backward.
2
4-7-18
Return the rod changer control lever (4) to neutral.
5. Operate the rod changer control lever (4) to rotate the set
plates to a place where the rod is loaded easily.
Return the rod changer control lever (4) to neutral. 5
17212010
6. Set the lifting tools such as nylon sling to the rod.

Then, lift the rod with a crane to insert it into the set plate.
7. In the same procedure, load the rod into the magazine’s

set plate.
★ Maximum 6 rods can be loaded.
5
17212017
4-7-19
Adding of Rod
When the rod is added, open the centralizer for rotation-free impact and loosen the shank rod and
sleeve.
★ For the levers and switches in the rod adding, refer to the
right hand figure.
1
4 3
17314123
flushing.
17310084
2. Pull the control grip (2) to this side fully.

Move the drifter fast backward until the lower end of the
sleeve reaches 30cm above the centralizer.
Then stop the drifter.
About 30cm
17312155
4-7-20
drifter forward to where the lower end of the sleeve can be
caught by the centralizer. Then stop the drifter.
17312061
4. Tilt the hood & centralizer switch (3) to the right and catch
the sleeve by the centralizer.
17312088
5. Push the control grip (2) forward again to move the drifter
forward to where the sleeve touches the offset part of the
centralizer. Then stop the drifter.
17312062
4-7-21
17312063
separate the sleeve from the shank rod.
★ When the shank rod has been separated, the
automatic grease nozzle applies grease to the screw
section on the shank rod.
17308039
8. When the shank rod has been separated, release your

finger from the rotation switch.
Pull the control grip (2) to this side fully to move the drifter
fast backward.
17312064
4-7-22
9. Tilt the rod changer control lever (4) to the left.

The front and rear clamps catch a rod and are moved to
the drilling center.
The automatic grease nozzle applies grease to the screw
section on the rod.
★ Keep the rod changer control lever (4) tilted to the left
until the automatic grease nozzle applies grease to the
screw section on the rod.
17310093
17212019
17212018
10. Push the control grip (2) forward.

When the drifter is moved forward to where the distance
between shank rod and upper sleeve reaches about 10cm,
press the left side of the rotation switch.
normally and screw the shank rod onto the upper sleeve.
About 10cm
17312065
4-7-23
11. When the shank rod has been completely screwed into the
upper sleeve, the rod is normally turned and moved
forward. Then the rod is screwed into the lower sleeve.
When the rod is screwed two or three turns into the lower
sleeve, press the left side of the rotation switch to stop the
rotation of the shank rod and return the control grip (2) to
neutral.
17312066
★ After operations of front and rear carriers are stopped,
return the rod changer control lever (4) to neutral.
17310094
17212021
17212020
4-7-24
centralizer. Re-start drilling.
17310083
14. When the lower sleeve passes through the centralizer, tilt
the hood & centralizer switch (3) to the right to close the
centralizer.
17312091
4-7-25
Drawing of Rods
After the end of all drilling, loosen each screw thread part by rotation-free impact.
★ For the levers and switches in rod drawing operation, refer

to the right hand figure.
4
2
3
5 1
17314123
1. Set the anti-jamming switch (1) to the [O] position.
Ⅰ
O Ⅱ
ＲＰ Ⅲ
17310039
centralizer.
17310083
4-7-26
3. Pull the control grip (3) to this side fully. Move the drifter
fast backward until the lower end of the sleeve reaches
30cm above the centralizer. Then stop the drifter.
About 30cm
17312069
drifter forward until the centralizer can hold the lower end
of the sleeve. Then stop the drifter.
17312070
5. Tilt the hood & centralizer switch (2) to the right to hold the
sleeve by the centralizer.
6. Again push the control grip (3) forward and move the
drifter forward until the sleeve touches the offset part of
the centralizer. Then stop the drifter.
17312092
4-7-27
flushing.
★ When the rod is withdrawn from the drilled hole, tilt the
flushing lever (4) to this side to flush the air.
17310084
8. Tilt the rod changer control lever (5) to the left to move the
front and rear clamps to the drilling center from their
refuge position.
When the rod control lever (5) is returned to neutral, the
teeth on the front and rear clamps close and hold the rod.
★ Return the rod control lever (5) to neutral after the
clamp action is stopped.
17310093
17212016
17212022
4-7-28
17312071
separate the sleeve from the rod.
11. When the rod is lifted and the distance between sleeve
and rod reaches 25 - 35mm, the front and rear clamps are
About 25 - 35mm
closed and the rod and sleeve on the shank rod are held.
17312072
12. When the front and rear clamps are closed, the separation
of the shank rod from the sleeve is started.
After the separation of rod from sleeve, return the control
grip (3) to neutral and release your finger from the rotation
switch.
17312074
4-7-29
13. When the rod is separated from the sleeve, if the sleeve
on the shank rod is first loosened and starts to separate,
stop the separation and screw the shank rod into the
sleeve with the following procedure.
When the shank rod is screwed into the sleeve, repeat the
steps 9 - 12 and drawn the rods.
14. Tilt the rod changer control lever (5) to this side.
The clamp (F) hold the sleeve onto the shank rod and the
shank rod is turned normally.
17310095
15. When the shank rod is turned normally, push the control
grip (3) forward and move the drifter forward slowly.
The shank rod is screwed in the sleeve.
16. When the shank rod is screwed into the sleeve, return the
rod changer control lever (5) and control grip (3) to neutral.
17312075
4-7-30
17. When the sleeve cannot be separated from the rod, again
screw the shank rod into the sleeve and perform
rotation-free impact to loosen the screw with the following
procedure.
Then return the rod changer control lever (5) to neutral. 17310094
NOTICE
Before performing the rotation-free impact, move
Otherwise, the rod changer will be damaged.
17212025
17212026
19. After the front and rear clamps move to the refuge position,
press the impact switch (6) for rotation-free impact to
loosen the screw. When the rotation-free impact is
completed, repeat the steps 8 - 12.
6
17308043
4-7-31
20. When the rod is separated, tilt the rod changer control
lever (5) to the right and load the rod held at the drilling
17310094
17212023
17212024
21. Push the control grip (3) forward fully and move the drifter
fast forward until the distance between shank rod and
sleeve is about 15cm. Then stop the drifter.
About 15cm
17312076
4-7-32
22. Press the left side of the rotation switch and push the
control grip (3) forward.
normally and screw the shank rod into the sleeve.
17312077
23. When the rod is screwed 2 - 3 turns into the sleeve, press
the left side of the rotation switch again to stop shank rod
rotation.
Then return the control grip (3) to neutral.
17312080
24. Repeat steps 2 - 23 to drawing the remaining rods.
4-7-33
Auto Greaser
4.8 Auto Greaser

The screw threads of the rod and shank rod can be lubricated with grease by using this device.
While the rod changer is being operated, the grease nozzle is activated due to the action of the rod
changer and grease is automatically applied.
17312033
Manual Operation
If the auto greaser is to be activated manually to apply grease,
press the greasing switch.
The auto greaser can be operated while the greasing switch is
being pressed and grease applied from the grease nozzle.
17110008
Adjustment of application quantity

You can adjust the grease application quantity. Adjust the
grease application quantity before starting the drilling work.
The grease application quantity is adjusted by the handle of
the needle valve on the grease pump.
17212031
4-8-1
Auto Greaser
Grease Change
WARNING
If grease gets into your eyes or on your skin, it might be dangerous. When the grease
can (pail can) is to be replaced, wear the necessary protective gear such as protective
glasses and protection gloves.
If it gets into your eye, wash it with clean running water for more than 15 minutes and
consult your doctor.
NOTICE
If dust or soil attach to the grease pump or follower disk, such abnormality as
malfunction of the grease pump might be caused.
Particularly is careful not to attach dust, soil, or sand to them when replacing the
grease can (pail can).
When grease has come to an end or when replacing grease according to the open-air temperature,
remove the grease pump and replace the grease can (pail can).
★ The grease pump is accessible when opening the right side cover of the engine room.
Replacement Procedure
The grease pump can be used by mounting it to a grease can (pail can) being available on the
market.
1. Remove the air hose (2) and grease hose (3) from the
grease pump (1). Loosen the three screws (4) and remove
the grease pump (1). 2 1
3
2. Remove the follower disk (6) from the grease can (5) and
replace the grease can (5) by a new one. 6
★ Use heat-resistant extreme pressure grease
conforming to the open-air temperature.
3. Level the grease surface to prevent air from being 4

introduced into a clearance between follower disk (6) and
5
grease surface, and put and lightly press the follower disk
(6).
17312034
4. Attach the grease pump (1) and tighten the three screws
(4). Then attach the air hose (2) and grease hose (3).
4-8-2
Auto Greaser
Operation Check
Check the grease pump normal operation to see if grease is coated normally after replacing the
grease can (pail can).
Press the greasing switch.

Check that grease nozzle is activated and grease is extruded.
If the air motor in the grease pump does not operate, press
the reset button (1) at the bottom of the motor.
1
17312035
Wash Grease Pump

If grease is not extruded from the grease nozzle when operating the air motor in the grease pump (1),
wash the grease inlet pipe (2).
Wash the grease inlet pipe (2) with light oil or kerosene.
After washing, check there is no clogged, damage or 1
distortions in the grease inlet pipe (2).
If any abnormality is found, replace the grease pump (1).
2
17312036
4-8-3
5. Transporting
When the machine is to be transported, use a trailer or truck dedicated to transporting construction
machinery.
Investigate travel route for road width and overpass. Check any bridges for mass limits.
Obey local laws governing mass, width and length of a load.
Observe all regulations governing wide loads.
5.1 Loading Machine on a Trailer
DANGER
If the direction of the machine is changed on the ramps, it might fall.
When the direction of the machine is unavoidably to be changed on the ramps,
temporarily lower the machine to the ground, and change the direction.
WARNING
A work supervisor is necessary for loading and unloading the machine.
As the work is jointly performed, decide procedures in advance and follow the
instructions of the instructor.
Use a ramp of sufficient length, width, and strength and also with claws so that it
doesn't come off the trailer bed.
If something slippery such as dirt, oil, or snow is attached to the trailer bed or ramps,
remove it before loading or unloading.
When loading or unloading the machine press the traveling speed switch to the “OFF” side so that
the travel speed of the machine is not changed. The travel speed is set and fixed at “LOW”.
★ The traveling speed switch is located on the drilling control

panel on the left-hand side of the operator seat.
ＯＮ
ＯＦＦ
17110010
5-1-1
Loading and Unloading
Loading and unloading of the machine on and off the trailer is as follows:
1. Select a level and solid place and stop the trailer at the
loading or unloading position. Ramp
Chock the trailer wheels before you load the machine.
2. Place the end of the ramps securely on the trailer bed so

that it doesn't come off, and set the slope angle to 15° or 15° or less
less.
Chock
3. Adjust the arrangement of the ramps to align the centerline 17316012
of the trailer with the centerline of machine.
4. Move the machine at low speed following the guiding

personnel. Stop it just before the ramps and re-check the
loading or unloading position.
5. Set the direction on the ramps and go up or down the

machine at low speed.
Safety Transfer
1. After stopping the machine on the specified position on the trailer bed, let it take the
transportation posture.
2. Pull up the safety lock lever and set it to “LOCK”.
3. Set the engine throttle switch to the [I] position.
4. Stop the engine and pull out the starter switch key.
5. Lock the door cover and engine covers and attach any vandalism protection.
6. Use chocks at the front and rear tracks to prevent movement.
7. Fix the machine to the trailer using wire ropes on the track shoes and through the attachment for
towing, so that the machine cannot move during transport.
5-1-2
Towing
5.2 Towing
DANGER
Incorrect towing of the machine that can’t move under its own power is very
dangerous and might cause accidents resulting in injury or death.
When the machine is to be towed, comply with the following precautions.
NOTICE
For releasing of the parking brake, ask your nearest distributor.
Don't tow the machine except where it can't move under its own power, due to breakdown of the drive
motor or malfunction of the hydraulic system.
If it can’t move, release the parking brake before starting its towing.
When the machine is towed, take care of the following:

Tow the machine with it set to "traveling posture”.
Movement of a towed machine should only be for checking or maintenance.
Do not tow the machine more than 100m. If a longer distance is required, transport it on a vehicle
such as a trailer.
Tow the machine at 2km/h or less, otherwise the drive motor might seize.
Use a tow wire rope of 1.5 times or more of the strength needed to tow a vehicle of the mass of
the machine to be towed.
Do not use a twisted or kinked wire rope.
Do not use a chain to tow the machine because a link might break.
The size of the tractor should be equivalent to or larger than the machine to be towed.
Move and set the wire rope so that the coupling section of the tractor is aligned with the
attachment to the machine.
Before towing, make sure there is nobody between the tractor and the machine.
If the tractor moves suddenly the wire rope might break.
Operate the tractor slowly and at a steady speed.
Do not tow the machine on sloping ground because the machine might run away under its own
mass.
5-2-1
Lifting Procedure
5.3 Lifting Procedure
WARNING
When the machine is lifted, always set it to the “traveling posture”, otherwise, it might
cause a drop of the machine due to imbalance.
CAUTION
Take the greatest care not to let the lifting wire touch the machine.
★ For the traveling posture, refer to Item 4.4.1 “Traveling Posture”.

★ When the machine is to be lifted, remove the step, pre-cleaner, suction hose, lamps and mirrors.
Installing Eye Plates

When the machine is to be lifted to load on ship, hook the
lifting wire to the eye plates (1) installed front and rear of the
track frame.
Mount the eye plates (1) at the position shown in the label
indicating the lifting position.
17316011
Tighten the eye plates (1) with the bolts (2) and spring
washers (3), into the right and left track frames.
After lifting, remove the eye plates (1) and store them together 2 3
with the bolts (2) and spring washers (3) in the cab.
No. Part Name Part Number Remarks

1
1 Eye Plate 040002-01040
17216004
2 Bolt 101032-24050 M24×50-11T
3 Spring Washer 145012-24000
5-3-1
Lifting Procedure
Balance Lifting
1. Set the guide shell horizontal to the machine body.
2. Place the bracket of the guide shell on the pedestal and set the machine to the traveling posture.
3. Install the eye plates on each of the right and left track frames and pass the wire rope through
them.
4. Lift the machine, taking care not to touch the wire rope.
Mass 14830 kg
A: Overall Length 9975 mm
B: Overall Width 2440 mm
C: Overall Height 3610 mm
5-3-2
6. Electrical Equipment
6.1 Control Panel
WARNING
Do not modify the inside of the control panel (1) or change the wiring; otherwise an
accident might be caused due to the machine malfunction.
CAUTION
There is precise electrical equipment in the control panel (1).
Do not open/close it in a place where flammable gas is generated, or where there is
dust or salt, or where water or oil has been splashed.
Electrical devices that control the machine are housed in the control panel (1).
★ The control panel (1) is located in the engine compartment

on the left side of the machine.
6-1-1
Control Panel
Opening
1. Insert the key (1) and turn counterclockwise to undo the
lock.
2. Open the control panel cover.

When the cover is opened fully, insert the stopper (2) into
the hole of the bracket (3) and lock the cover not to be
3
closed.
2
17210020
Closing
1. Move the cover to the front gently to turn the stopper (1)
and undo the lock.
2. Close the cover gently. Insert the key into the lock (2)and 1
turn it clockwise and lock the control panel cover so as not
to be opened.
17210020
6-1-2
Control Panel
6.1.1 Emergency Run Switch
CAUTION
During emergency operation, all emergency stop function is not effective.
Carry out impact of drifter temporarily by using the emergency running switch for
escape.
Then, stop the engine to cancel the emergency operation.
NOTICE
When the Hydraulic Oil Temp Low CAUTION lamp (1) in the lamp assembly is ON, do
not operate the machine until the hydraulic oil temperature rises to the proper level.
When the Hydraulic Oil Temp High CAUTION lamp (2) turns ON, do not operate impact
operation until the hydraulic oil temperature becomes low enough.
1 2
The drifter cannot perform the impact of blows when the hydraulic oil automatic heating function is
activated or when the hydraulic oil temperature is 85°C or more. If temporarily required to perform the
impact of blow operation, even though the hydraulic oil temperature is high, move the Emergency
Run switch (3) to the up side, which is located inside the control panel, so the impact of blows is
enabled.
★ The Emergency Run switch (3) automatically returns to the

down position.
6-1-3
Control Panel
6.1.2 Energy Saving Mode

The max engine RPM for the drilling operation can be switched to the power mode or the super-
economy mode by using the selector switch.
• Power mode max engine RPM: 2500min-1

• Super-economy mode max engine RPM: 2200min -1 /1800min -1 /1600min -1
(Note: It’s 2500min-1 for Blow only)
Switching the selector switch by the customer may not be allowed.
6-1-4
Control Panel
6.1.3 Impact Timer (If Equipped)

The impact timer (1) shows the total impacting hours of the drifter.
The timer advances 1 digit per hour when the drifter is operating the impact of blows.
During the running of impact timer, the activation indication

(A) on the upper side of the meter revolves. If not revolved,
inspect the meter or electrical system.
(A)
HOUR METER
0000 1/10H
17614016
6-1-5
Fuses
6.2 Fuses
CAUTION
When a fuse is replaced, pull out the starter switch key.
Install fuse with correct amperage rating to prevent electrical system damage from
overload.
A higher capacity fuse could cause damage and even start a fire.
Never use anything made of metal to pry out a fuse: it could cause a short circuit.
NOTICE
If new fuse immediately blows out, there is a problem with electrical system.
Contact your nearest distributor corrects it as soon as possible.
Fuses protect an electrical circuit current overload.

If the electric equipment cannot be activated, check the fuses in the fuse box (1).
If the fuse was blown out, locate and eliminate its cause, and replace the fuse with new one having
the same capacity.
★ The fuse box (1) is located in the control panel.
6-2-1
Fuses
Fuse Capacities and Circuit Name
Fuse No. Fuse Capacities Circuit Name
F1 30A Headlight, Rear Work Light, Meter Panel, Horn, Back Buzzer,
Compressor Activation
F2 15A Hydraulic Cylinder Control Solenoid Valve

Impact Solenoid Valve
Centralizer Solenoid Valve
Dust Collector Pulse Jet Solenoid Valve
Oscillating Lock Cancel Solenoid Valve
Mode Selector Solenoid Valve
Anti-Jamming Solenoid Valve
Feed (Fast Forward) Solenoid Valve
Exhaust Shutter Solenoid Valve
Auto Throttle Solenoid Valve
Air Flush Solenoid Valve
Alarm Buzzer, Hood
F3 15A Rod Changer Adjusting Switch, Grease Pump,

Rod Changer Control Solenoid Valve, Guide Rotary Solenoid Valve
F4 15A Wiper, Wind Washer, Room Lamp
F5 30A Air-Conditioner
F6 15A Work Light, Option Circuit: Rotary Light, Angle Indicator Output,
Reverse Percussion Pressure
F7 15A Main Power, Starter Switch
6-2-2
Battery Servicing
6.3 Battery Servicing
DANGER
Battery gas can explode. Do not spark, smoke or flame near the battery.
Battery electrolyte is a dilute sulfuric acid solution. If the electrolyte contacts skin,
wash the electrolyte with soap and water.
If the electrolyte contacts eyes, flood eyes with running water for 10 to 15 minutes.
WARNING
A spark of static electricity might cause an explosion. Do not clean the battery with a
dry cloth.
Leakage of the electrolyte might cause inflammation or burn. Do not turn the battery
over or let it suffer any impact.
Open the rear cover

The batteries (1) are located at the rear of the machine.
1
17210024
6-3-1
Battery Servicing
In Cold Weather
If the temperature falls, the performance of the battery is
degraded. If the charge rate is low the battery electrolyte might
be frozen. Keep the charge rate always near to 100%.
Replenish with distilled water before work (or before charging)
to prevent freezing.
17310060
In Hot Weather
If the temperature rises, water in the battery fluid tends UPPER LEVEL
evaporate. If the battery electrolyte become low the plates

might be damaged and the life of the battery might shortened.
Before engine start, check the battery electrolyte level. UPPER LEVEL
LOWER LEVEL
LOWER LEVEL
26110071
Check Electrolyte Specific Gravity

The charge rate can be expressed by measuring the specific
gravity of the battery fluid.
Charging rate is always 75% or more.
Charge rate converted from the table below
Battery Fluid Temperature （℃）

Charge Rate （％）
20 0 -10
100 1.28 1.29 1.30
90 1.26 1.27 1.28
80 1.24 1.25 1.26
75 1.23 1.24 1.25
6-3-2
Battery Servicing
Charging Batteries Properly
NOTICE
Before charging batteries, disconnect the battery
cable terminals and remove batteries from the
machine.
SS-047
When charging batteries, remove all battery vent caps so the

gas comes out.
If batteries overheat, stop charging at a time.
Stop charging immediately after completing charging. Do not
overcharge.
6-3-3
Battery Servicing
6.3.1 Replace Batteries
CAUTION
When the battery clamps are removed, wear protective gear such as rubber gloves and
safety glasses so as not to damage your eyes due to a spark.
Disconnect the battery clamps connected to the negative (-) terminal.

When installing, connect from the positive (+) terminal.
If a clamp connection is loose, a spark might be generated due to loose connection.

When the battery is fixed or the clamps are installed, fix or install securely.
When the battery is to be changed or the battery clamps connected or disconnected,

stop the engine and pull out the starter switch key.
Remove the battery clamps from the

negative (-) terminal.
17310061
Install the battery clamps from the

positive (+) terminal.
17310062
6-3-4
Battery Servicing
Precautions in Battery Change

The battery is very heavy.
When the battery is removed or installed, use a lifting machine such as a crane.
The nylon sling to be used for lifting the battery should be adequate for the battery mass.
When the battery is to be replaced, replace both batteries at the same time with the same type.
Using Battery Charger

Do not use the battery charger as a booster if a battery has a 1.230 specific gravity reading or
lower. Turn off the battery charger before connecting or disconnecting it.
An explosive gas is produced while the batteries are in use or being charged.
Keep flames or sparks away from the battery area.
Charge the batteries in a well-ventilated area.
Connect the batteries in the correct polarity (positive (+) to positive (+) and negative (-) to
negative (-)).
Disconnect the battery ground wire before you charge the battery in the machine to prevent
damage to electrical equipment.
Do not charges a battery if the battery is frozen or the battery may explode.
Engine Start
When the engine is to be started:
Start-up takes no more than 10 seconds. If the engine does not start within that time, re-start more
than 2 minutes later.
If this is repeated 5 - 6 times and the engine still does not start, check the battery and engine electric
circuit.
6-3-5
Battery Servicing
6.3.2 Using Booster Batteries
WARNING
Battery gas can explode. When the battery clamps are connected, do not connect the
positive (+) to the negative (-), otherwise a spark might explode the battery.
When starting from another machine, never allow machines or booster cable clamps
to touch each other. This prevents sparks near the battery, which could ignite
hydrogen gas given off the battery, causing the battery to explode.
CAUTION
Always turn the starter switch kept to OFF position before connecting booster
batteries.
When using booster batteries, be sure to wear glasses to protect your eyes from
sparks.
Connect the booster cables correctly. POSITIVE (+) to POSITIVE (+) and NEGATIVE (-)
to NEGATIVE (-).
To prevent sparking around the battery, connect clamp to rear frame as far from the
battery as possible and remove paint.
Do not attempt to jump-start the machine with frozen batteries. The battery could
rupture and explode. If you suspect a frozen battery, remove vent caps and check the
fluid. If there seems to be no fluid or if you see ice, do not attempt a jumper start until
fluid thaws.
17310098
6-3-6
Battery Servicing
The machine to be started should be parked on the flat and solid place.
Set the machine to traveling posture or guide shell to downward, and press the foot pad against the
ground. Pull up the safety lever to set it to LOCK.
Connecting the Booster Batteries
Connect the booster cable in following order.
1. Stop the engine of the machine on which booster batteries

is mounted. 4
To rear frame of the machine
2. Connect a one cable (A) to the positive terminal (1) of the Troubled Batteries
battery.
3. Connect the opposite end of cable (A) to the positive 1

terminal (2) of the booster battery.
B A
4. Connect the other cable (B) to the negative terminal (3) of

the booster battery. 3 2
5. Connect the opposite end of cable (B) to the frame (4) of Booster Batteries
17310063
machine.
6. After connecting, check if the clamps are securely

connected to the battery terminals before starting the
engine.
7. Start the engine.
6-3-7
Battery Servicing
Disconnecting the Booster Batteries

Remove the booster cables after starting the engine by completing same procedure as connection
but in reverse order.
1. After engine starts, remove the cable (B) from the frame
4
(4) first.
To rear frame of the machine
2. Remove the opposite end of cable (B) from the negative Troubled Batteries
terminal (3) of the booster cable.
1
3. Remove the cable (A) from the positive terminal (2) of the
booster battery. B A
4. Remove the opposite end of cable (A) from the positive

terminal (1) of the battery. 3 2
Booster Batteries
17310063
6-3-8
Battery Cut Switch
6.4 Battery Cut Switch (If Equipped)
WARNING
When check and maintenance is performed, or the machine has not been used for
more than 3 weeks, pull up the battery cut switch (1) and set it to “OFF”.
★ The battery cut switch (1) is located on the left-hand side

of the battery when the rear cover is opened.
OFF
1
ON
The battery cut switch (1) works to shut off the connection between the battery earth side (negative
“-” side) and the machine side.
When the current to the electric circuit is shut off, not only is engine starting unavailable, but also all
electric devices are stopped.
When the lever switch (1) is pushed down (“ON” position), the
electric circuit is turned ON. When the lever switch (1) is
pulled up (“OFF” position), the electric circuit is turned OFF.
6-4-1
Emergency Stop System (if equipped)
6.5 Emergency Stop System (if Equipped)
WARNING
Do not modify or remove emergency stop system, which is provided to ensure
operator safety.
If wire (1) of emergency stop system is damaged or stretched, inspect and repair.
Contact your nearest distributor.
Emergency stop system functions to emergency-stop the engine, which is used when a failure occurs
during operation of machine.
To emergency-stop the engine, pull the red wire (1) or press the emergency stop button (blue) (2),
which are located on the guide shell or in the engine room.
Once this system operates, engine stops and all functions stop.
★ Emergency stop system can stop the engine even if the wire (1) is cut off.
17210028
6-5-1
Emergency Stop System (if equipped)
Inspection Before Starting the Engine

For the machine equipped with the emergency stop system, inspect the wire before starting the
engine.
Visually check the wire for twist or damage. Then check the wire tension.
Check When Starting the Engine

When starting the engine, check that the wire emergency stop condition is reset. If it’s not reset,
engine cannot start.
Reset the wire emergency stop condition as follows:

When starter switch key is in OFF position, pull the emergency
stop button (blue).
17210029
Inspection After Starting the Engine

After starting the engine, start to operate the emergency stop system and check that the engine
emergency-stops properly.
To restart the engine, first return the starter switch key to OFF position, then pull the emergency stop
button (blue).
★ Engine cannot start, if the wire emergency stop condition is not reset.
6-5-2
7. In Cold Climate Area
When ambient temperature is low, symptoms may occur, for example, engine is not easy to start, and
fuel or lubricating oil is frozen.
Take care of the following in cold climate area.
Fuel/Lubricating Oil
Fuel and lubricating oil may not flow smoothly as ambient temperature is low.
Replace with fuel and oil of proper viscosity matching to low ambient temperature.
★ For fuel and lubricating oil, see "11. Fuel, Lubricating Oil, Coolant and Oil Feed Pump."
NOTICE
In hot weather season, replace with fuel and oil of specified viscosity matching to high
ambient temperature.
Care of Fuel
After operation, drain water accumulated on the fuel line by opening the fuel drain cock to prevent
fuel from freezing.
Refill the fuel tank fully so that accumulation of drop of water in the tank can be reduced.
★ Drain cock (1)of the fuel at the bottom of the fuel tank.
17202026
Care of Rock Drill Oil Tank

After operation, drain mixed water and sediments accumulated on the bottom of the tank by opening
the drain cock.
7-1-1
In Cold Climate Area
Care of Receiver Tank

After operation, drain mixed water and sediments accumulated on the bottom of the tank by opening
the drain cock.
17202028
Care of Batteries
When ambient temperature is low, battery performance is degraded. Also, battery electrolyte may be
frozen if batteries in low charging rate are used. Keep batteries fully charged and warm them until the
next day’s work.
★ For batteries, see "6.3 Handling the Batteries."
1
17210024
Precautions Before Operation

Remove ice or dirt from piston rod of hydraulic cylinder carefully so as not to damage seals.
After starting the engine, warm hydraulic oil.
Precautions After Operation

Remove stuck materials such as snow, ice and dirt from the undercarriage to prevent from
freezing.
Remove ice or dirt from piston rod of hydraulic cylinder carefully so as not to damage seals.
7-1-2
In Cold Climate Area
Rod Changer Warm-up

When to start drilling, make the arm slide extend and retract in certain period of time to smoothly
circulate the hydraulic oil and to warm up the rod changer.
This is performed in the Rod Changer Heating mode.
How to switch on the Rod Changer Heating mode

Move the rod changer control lever (1) on the control box LH to the right side and hold it on that
position for about 15 seconds and the Rod Changer Heating mode will be switched on
Signal when switching on the Rod Changer Heating mode

The signal sounds 0.5 second intermittently three times to inform the Rod Changer Heating mode
switched ON. Release the control lever (1) when the signal sounds.
Start of warm-up
After impact of blows for 60 seconds the warm up operation starts. After that, the warm up operates
at 60-second-intervals. The conditions must be required, i.e. the individual control switch is set to
OFF.
Stop of warm-up
The warm up stops as the impact of blow operation stops. And the warm up stops when the H mode
is turned on.
Canceling of warm-up:
Move the rod changer control lever (1) on the control box LH to the right side and hold it on that
position for about 15 seconds and the Rod Changer Heating mode will be canceled.
Signal when canceling the Rod Changer Heating mode:

The signal sounds two seconds when the mode is switched off. Release the control lever (1) when
the signal sounds.
7-1-3
8. Storage for Long Periods
If machine is not used for more than three weeks, store it in the following manner:
Before Storage
Clean outer elements both of engine air cleaner and compressor air cleaner.
Wash out each part of the machine and dry those parts.
Change fuel and oil.
Put grease fully until old grease is forced out.
Apply grease to exposed piston rods of hydraulic cylinders on the boom, arm etc.
Remove batteries from the machine and store in a well-ventilated indoor place or disconnect
negative (-) battery terminals.
Add antifreeze to coolant to prevent from freezing when ambient temperature is below 0°C.
Put machine in travel posture and store in a well-ventilation indoor place.
If storing outdoors is unavoidable, select a well-drainage, firm, level surface and put cover sheet
on the machine.
In Machine Out of Service
CAUTION
Exhaust gas is poisonous. When engine is started at indoor place, open windows and
entrance doors for ventilation.
In machine out of service, move machine once a month to prevent oil film breakdown.
Charge batteries before moving the machine.
Before moving working equipment such as boom, arm and guide shell, remove grease on
exposed piston rod of hydraulic cylinders.
Before Operation
When the machine is put back after long periods of storage, perform the following inspection
maintenance before operation.
Drain mixed water and sediments from fuel tank and receiver tank.
Wash out each part of the machine and dry those parts.
Apply grease fully until old grease is forced out.
Remove grease on exposed piston rod of hydraulic cylinders.
Check lubrication for each part of the machine and lubricate if necessary.
Check whether or not replacement time for engine oil, engine oil filter cartridge, fuel filter cartridge
and fuel water separator is over. Replace if necessary.
8-1-1
Storage for Long Periods
Add fuel and bleed air from fuel line.

★ For air bleeding, see "14.2 General Maintenance."
Measure specific gravity of electrolyte and check charging rate.
If charging rate is low, charge battery.
Walk around the machine and visually check for fuel or oil leak, bolt or nut slipping off, and
abnormality in drifter, working equipment and hydraulic line.
Especially check for scuffing or damage to hydraulic cylinders and oil leak from hose fittings.
8-1-2
9. Troubleshooting
Failure may occur due to combination of various causes, and if any failure occurs, the cause should
be investigated for each item and remedial steps should be taken.
For the item with “” mark in the remedy column, ask your nearest distributor for check.
If it seems that there are other troubles or causes than the following items, ask also your nearest
distributor for check.
For troubleshooting malfunctions of the drifter, refer to “Hydraulic Drifter Maintenance Manual”
(separate volume).
NOTICE
For detailed troubleshooting malfunctions of the engine, refer to Operation and
Maintenance Manual of CUMMINS QSB6.7 Engine.
Engine
Abnormal Phenomena Main Cause Remedy
Water temperature is too { Insufficient quantity of cooling { Replenish cooling water

high. water
{ Radiator fins are clogged { Clean fins
{ Looseness of reservoir tank cap { Tighten cap
{ Dust and water scale { Clean interior of cooling system
accumulated in cooling system
{ Thermostat is faulty Replace
Starter motor does not { Emergency stop system is { Reset it

turn. activated
{ Battery is not charged enough { Charge
{ Electrical connections are loose { Check connection terminals and
retighten
{ Starter or starter switch is faulty Repair or replace
9-1
Troubleshooting
Hydraulic System
Dose not travels. { Safety lock lever is set to LOCK { Set it to UNLOCK
Traveling is difficult. { Insufficient of hydraulic oil { Replenish to specified level
{ Excessive tension of track link { Adjust tension
{ Pilot filter element is clogged { Replace filter element
{ Drive motor is damaged Repair or replace
{ Relief pressure drops Adjust or replace
Traveling speed cannot be { Traveling speed switch is Repair or replace

shifted. damaged
{ Drive motor is damaged Repair or replace
Track links get out of { Poor track link tension { Adjust tension
place. { Front idler is worn Replace
{ Track links is worn Replace
Boom moves at low { Insufficient oil quantity in oil tank { Replenish to specified level
speed. { Return filter element is clogged { Replace filter element
{ Hydraulic cylinder control panel Repair or replace
is damaged
{ Galling of hydraulic cylinder Replace
{ Pump efficiency drops Replace
Hydraulic oil temperature { Insufficient or excessive oil { Check and reduce to specified
is too high. level
{ Deterioration or quality failure of { Change oil
oil
{ Return filter element is clogged { Replace filter element
{ Oil cooler fins are clogged { Clean fins
Cooler fan rotates at low { Oil motor is faulty Repair or replace

speed. { Relief pressure drops Adjust
Dust collector poor { Insufficient of hydraulic oil { Replenish to specified level

suction. { Suction hose is clogged { Clean
{ Dust collector element is { Clean or replace
clogged
{ Motor efficiency drops Replace
No dust collector pulse jet. { Accumulator drain cock is { Close the drain cock
opened
{ Low set pressure of air filter { Adjust
regulator
{ Air filter is damaged Replace
9-2
Troubleshooting
Drilling
Receiver tank pressure { Compressor switch is set to { Set it to ON

does not reach 1.03 MPa. OFF
{ Air cleaner element is clogged { Clean or replace air cleaner
element
{ Safety valve is faulty Replace safety valve
Mixing of oil into air. { Oil level in receiver tank is too { Reduce to specified level
high
{ Oil separator element is broken { Replace oil separator element
{ Drawing orifice is clogged { Clean
Delivery air temperature { Oil filter cartridge is clogged { Replace filter cartridge
rises abnormally. { Oil check valve does not { Replace gasket
function normally
{ Oil cooler fins are clogged { Clean fins
No air flows out. { Compressor is not in full-load { Set compressor switch to ON

condition
{ Regulator does not function { Readjust
normally
{ Compressor is faulty Repair or replace
Cuttings cannot be { Bit is clogged { Clean

discharged easily. { Compressor is faulty Repair or replace
Rod changer slow { Galling of hydraulic cylinder Replace

operation. { Relief pressure drops Adjust or replace
Rod drops when adding or { Rod center is not aligned { Aligned the rod center
drawing. { Wear of clamp tooth { Replace
Rod cannot be held. { Clamp shaft is damage { Replace
{ Wear of roller { Replace
{ Rotator sliding section is Repair or replace
damaged
Carriage moves at slow { Adjustment error of feed { Adjust

speed. pressure
{ Excessive tension of feed chain { Adjust feed chain tension
{ Feed motor is damaged Replace
9-3
Emergency Escape Selector Valve
9.1 Emergency Escape Selector Valve
CAUTION
The engine is overloaded and so is overheated.
Except when traveling and feed are impossible due to an electric trouble, do not set
the emergency escape handle (1) to "open" for traveling and feed.
If any device connected to the DC/DC converter is short-circuited, traveling and feed are not possible.
If it is necessary to continue drilling temporarily or to let the machine travel, set the emergency
escape handle (1) to "open".
Traveling and feed are possible.
After escaping, set the handle (1) to "close".
★ The emergency escape handle (1) is located in the engine

compartment on the right side of the machine.
1
Open
Close
17205046
9-1-1
Maintenance
10. Maintenance Precautions
CAUTION
If you feel insecure or abnormal during traveling or operating the machine, perform
inspection maintenance.
If cause cannot be found or abnormality recurs, contact your nearest distributor for
inspection.
NOTICE
Check hour meter every work day to determine when to perform periodic inspection
maintenance.
Observe Precautions in the Safety Signs

The safety signs on the machine describe important precautions. Observe those items when
performing service work.
Put Machine in Maintenance Posture

Park the machine on a firm, level surface in a workshop etc.
Put the guide shell in horizontal position and lower it to the lowest position. Then block tracks.
Stop the engine and remove the starter switch key.
Move the safety lock lever to the Lock position not to move the machine.
Attach a CAUTION tag to the operator’s seat to show that the machine is under service work.
Perform Service Work with More Than Two Persons

Before service work, confirm that service persons are in well trained and meeting on work procedures
is arranged and the contents are fully understood.
Always stop engine when performing service work. Do not open engine or top covers until the
engine is stopped completely.
Place more than two persons at all times. One person as a supervisor gives safety instructions.
Service person(s) and supervisor together arrange signs in advance. Perform service work
according to the supervisor's signs and instructions.
Supervisor should sit in the operator seat and be ready to stop the engine, if the service work with
engine running is required.
For emergency stop system (if equipped), confirm the operating method and the location of the
system.
10-1
Maintenance Precautions
Wear Protective Clothing

Wear protective clothing appropriate to the job.
Wear close fitting clothing to prevent from getting caught in the control levers, projections etc.
Oily work clothes can start a fire so do not wear.
Wear a helmet, safety glasses, earplugs, dust mask, safety shoes etc.
Wear protective gloves and safety belt as needed.
Clean the Machine

Before service work, clean the machine to easily find out abnormality.
Clean the oiling/greasing points and the level gauges. Do not allow debris or dirt enter.
NOTICE
Be careful that the water does not splash on electrical parts such as control board and
batteries - short circuit or malfunction may result.
Attach a CAUTION Tag

Attach a CAUTION tag to the operator’s seat to show prohibitions such as "Do Not Start Engine" and
"Do Not Operate Levers and Switches."
Precautions When Removing Hydraulic/Pneumatic Equipment

Residual pressure in the hydraulic circuit must be relieved into air from the air breather on the
hydraulic tank. Wait about ten minutes after stopping the engine to loosen hydraulic pipes or
replace hydraulic parts.
As compressor stops, air in the receiver tank must be relieved into air from the auto relief valve.
Wait five minutes or more after stopping the compressor to completely remove air in the receiver
tank, then perform inspection maintenance of pneumatic equipment.
Avoid Hot Surface/High Temperature

Each part of the machine is hot immediately after completing the drilling operation or stopping the
engine. Contact with those hot surface can cause burns or bodily injury.
Rotary head is very hot immediately after completing the drilling operation so avoids contact with
rotary head, rod hammer.
When replacing engine oil, hydraulic oil or filter etc, wait until the appropriate part of the machine
is cooled down to normal temperature.
To easily drain oil in low ambient temperature, warm oil to 30-40°C.
Hot steam or boiling water can gush out. When removing the cap of the reservoir tank, wait until
the radiator is cooled down to normal temperature and remove the cap carefully, while slowly
relieving the internal pressure with a cloth put on the cap.
10-2
Avoid Fires
Handle materials with great care to prevent fires.
Fuel, oil or battery electrolyte can ignite. Do not handle those materials while smoking or when
near flames or sparks.
Use noninflammable flushing oil for washing parts or hydraulic tank.
Use anti-explosion light bulbs for the lighting equipment.
Keep fire extinguisher in the right place.
Handle Tools or Parts Carefully

Put only required tools or parts in the pockets of work clothing and be careful that any tool or part
does not drop into when opening the covers or filler caps.
Use Clean Oil and Grease

Use clean oil and grease and also use a clean container. Do not allow debris or dirt enter.
Handle Fuel and Lubricating Oil Carefully

Use fuel and lubricating oil of specified viscosity matched to ambient temperature.
When refilling, use a clean container. Do not allow debris or dirt enter.
★ For fuel and lubricating oil, see "12. List of Fuel, Water and Lubricating Oil."
NOTICE
Do not use a different brand of oil. When refilling, replace the whole amount of oil.
Otherwise, failure will result.
Pour Oil Properly

When pouring oil, use a strainer on filler port if available. Select a clean area for oil inspection and
replenishment and do not allow any debris or dirt enter.
Drain Oil Properly

When changing oil or filter, place a large clean drain pan. After draining, check drained oil or filter for
debris or foreign matter.
NOTICE
Do not reuse drained oil or filter. Failure to do so can cause breakdown or failure.
10-3

When replacing parts, always use Furukawa genuine parts in the parts list.
Problems from the use of imitation parts could not be covered by our warranty.
Replace Seals Properly

If parts with seals such as O-rings and packing materials are inspected and repaired, clean the
mounting surface of those parts and insert the new seals.
NOTICE
Do not reuse seals such as O-rings and packing materials. Failure to do so can cause
breakdown or failure.
Remove Rust Inhibitor

When new parts are installed, remove rust inhibitor coated on the machining surface, using a cloth.
Weld Safely
Only qualified persons are allowed to perform welding work.
Weld in a safe well-equipped work area.
If weld indoors, open windows and doors for ventilation.
Stop the engine and remove the starter switch key.
Place the ground within 1 m from the welds.
Make sure there are no seals or bearings between the ground and the welds.
Remove batteries from the machine to prevent explosions.
Remove electrical parts from the machine to prevent malfunction or damage.
Keep first-aid kit and fire extinguisher near the work area against unexpected accident or fires.
Dispose of Waste Properly

Do not pour drained engine oil or hydraulic oil onto the ground but into a suitable container.
Do not pour waste such as drained oil or hydraulic oil down a drain or into any water source.
Do not burn or discard oily clothes in incorrect manner.
Do not dispose of harmful waste such as fuel, oil, solvent, filters and batteries. Strictly separate
those from general waste.
Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the environment. Follow your applicable local
regulations.
10-4
11. Fuels and Lubricants
11.1 Emergency Measures
WARNING
Careless handling of fuels and lubricants might cause not only environmental
destruction, but also accident resulting in injury or death.
Take the greatest care in handling fuels and lubricants.
First Aid
If fuel or lubricant accidentally splashed in your eyes, flush eyes with water for 15 minutes.
If it gets on your skin, wash it with soap and water.
If you inhale it, go out into fresh air and keep warm with your body wrapped in a blanket.
Keep quiets and get medical attention immediately.
If you drink it, do not force yourself to vomit. Get medical attention immediately.
If inside of your mouth is contaminated, wash with large amount of water.
Treatment for Leakage

If fuel or lubricant leaks, do not send it into the sewage system or river, so that secondary disaster or
environmental pollution is not caused.
Find the leakage point and stop leaking.
Prepare such fire extinguishing equipment as a fire extinguisher.
Do not allow any burning cigarette, spark or naked flame close to the leaking point.
Use protective gear with good conductivity in order not to generate static electricity.
If required, wear a gas mask.
If the leakage is small, dry it with soil, saw dust or a rag.
If the leakage is large, contain the flow by surrounding it with soil. Cover the liquid's surface with
bubble fire extinguishing liquid and retrieve it in an empty container.
If leakage occurs indoors, ventilate the room by opening windows and doors.
Measures in Fire
Wear protective gear for fire extinguishing, such as a gas mask and protective gloves and
extinguish the fire from the windward.
Stop everybody except for the fire fighters from coming near the fire.
Fire extinguishing with bubble fire extinguishing liquid and intercepting air is effective.
Do not use water because it might spread the fire.
Sprinkle water around the origin of a fire to cool the spot and prevent the spread of a fire.
11-1-1
Fuels and Lubricants
11.2 Fuel
NOTICE
The diesel fuel quality greatly affects the performance and life of the engine.
Use only clean, high quality fuel.
Fuel Specifications
The following specific natures are required for the diesel fuel.
Must be free from minute dust particles.
Must have adequate viscosity.
Must have high cetane value.
Must have high fluidity at low temperature.
Muse is less sulfur content.
Must have little residual carbon.
Cummins recommends the use of fuel meeting the Grade No.2-D requirements of the American
Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D975, Standard Specifications for Diesel Fuel Oils.
At operating temperatures below 0°C, use a blend of No.1-D and No.2-D fuels, also know as
“winterized” No.2-D.
★ For a more detailed description of fuel properties, refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual of
Cummins QSB6.7 Engine.
Fuel Storage
The engine fuel injection pump and nozzle are sensitive components.
Any fuel with water or dust will cause them to break down.
In handling fuel, comply with the following:

Fill the fuel tank at the end of operation.
Keep fuel in a clean fuel storage tank in a protected area.
Drain water and sediment from the fuel storage tank weekly.
Drain water and sediment before the tank is refilled.
If possible, install a water separator at the fuel storage tank outlet.
Keep the area around the fuel tank filler neck clean of debris in order to prevent contamination of the
fuel tank.
Drain water and sediment from the fuel tank daily.
Do not use de-icers to remove water from fuel. Do not depend on fuel filters to remove water.
Before the engine is started, drain any water and sediment accumulated at the bottom of the fuel
tank.
11-2-1
Fuel, Lubricating Oil, Coolant and Oil Feed Pump
11.3 Lubricating Oil
CAUTION
Characteristic of oil varies, depending on makers. Do not mix a different brand of oil,
which causes oil deterioration or change in quality. When refilling, be sure to use the
same brand of oil.
NOTICE
When adding oil, be sure to use the same brand of oil.
If oil is replaced at disassembly or repair work, remove old oil completely. Then flush
with flushing oil and change with the new oil. After changing oil, bleed air.
Oil becomes soft as oil temperature goes high and oil becomes hard as oil
temperature goes low. Use oil matched to ambient temperature.
When replenishing, wipe off filler port, grease nipple, hand, and lubrication tool and be
careful that dirt or foreign matter does not enter.
★ For use of oil by type and ambient temperature, see "12. List of Fuel, Coolant And Lubricating
Oil."
11-3-1
Handling Fuel, Lubricating Oil, Coolant and Oil Feed Pump
11.3.1 Engine Oil
Check Engine Oil Pan

Engine oil greatly affects the performance, starting ability and life of the engine.
If unsuitable oil is used or oil changing is neglected, it may result in damage or shorter engine life.
Engine oil, please replace on a regular basis with respect to the elapsed time of the engine and Hour
Meters.
Engine oil change interval depends on the grade of engine oil to use.
API Classification CF-4 or Higher：Every 250 hour
API Classification CI-4：Every 500 hour
For detail of compressor oil, contact your nearest Cummins sales company.
Recommended Brand Name of Engine Oil
Type Engine Oil
Manufacturer API Classification CI-4 or Higher
カミンズプレミアムブルー
Cummins Premium Blue
昭和シェル石油リムラシグニア 10W-40
Showa Shell Sekiyu RIMULA Signia 10W-40
モービルデルバック 1 5W40
エクソンモービル Mobil Delvac 1 5W-40
Exxon Mobil モービルデルバック MX エクストラ 10W-40
Mobil Delvac MX Extra 10W-40
Use the multi-grade diesel engine oil of the SAE 15W-40 as your engine oil.
11-3-2
11.3.2 Hydraulic Oil

Selection and maintenance of hydraulic oil is very important for getting/maintaining the maximum
performance of the machine.
Use industrial-type hydraulic oil ISO VG46.
Contaminants such as metal powder and dust mixed with the hydraulic oil will cause rapid wear and
malfunction of the hydraulic equipment.
If the hydraulic oil contamination level exceeds NAS-11 class, change the hydraulic oil more
frequently.
Recommend the use of NAS-11 class based on the NAS-1638 standards.
NAS: National Aerospace Standard Committee
Recommended Brand Name of Hydraulic Oil
Type Hydraulic Oil (Standard)
Manufacturer ISO32 ISO46
昭和シェル石油テラスオイル 32 テラスオイル 46

Showa Shell Sekiyu Shell Tellus Oil 32 Shell Tellus Oil 46
モービル DTE 24 モービル DTE 25
エクソンモービル Mobil DTE 24 Mobil DTE 25
Exxon Mobil ヌトー H32 ヌトー H46
Nuto H32 Nuto H46
コスモ石油コスモハイドロ AW32 コスモハイドロ AW46 (*)
COSMO OIL Cosmo Hydro AW32 Cosmo Hydro AW46 (*)
ＪＸ日鉱日石エネルギースーパーハイランド 32 スーパーハイランド 46
JX Nippon Oil & Energy SUPER HYRANDO 32 SUPER HYRANDO 46
Type Hydraulic Oil (High Viscosity Index)
Manufacturer ISO32 ISO46

昭和シェル石油テラスオイル T32 テラスオイル T46
Showa Shell Sekiyu Shell Tellus Oil T32 Shell Tellus Oil T46
エクソンモービルモービル DTE 10 Excel 32 モービル DTE 10 Excel 46
Exxon Mobil Mobil DTE 10 Excel 32 Mobil DTE 10 Excel 46
コスモ石油コスモハイドロ HV32 コスモハイドロ HV46
COSMO OIL Cosmo Hydro HV32 Cosmo Hydro HV46
ＪＸ日鉱日石エネルギーハイランドワイド 32 ハイランドワイド 46
JX Nippon Oil & Energy SUPER HYRANDO 32 SUPER HYRANDO 46
The hydraulic tank, when the machine is shipped from the factory, is filled with lubricants
marked with (*).
11-3-3
11.3.3 Gear Oil

Gear oil is used under severe conditions so selecting the right gear oil is very important.
The following may be required when selecting the gear oil:
Proper viscosity
Good sticking to teeth face and no peeling away by centrifugal force
Good fluid flow at low ambient temperature and no solidification and peeling
Extreme-pressure properties
No foaming
Outstanding oxidizing stability
Good water separation
11.3.4 Compressor Oil

Lubrication and cooling of compressor is made with compressor oil. Mixed water or debris in the
receiver tank degrades compressor performance and shortens service life.
Change the compressor oil periodically, based on operating hours on engine hour meter.
Use Compressor Oil Long Life HP for the compressor oil.
For detail of compressor oil, contact your nearest Hokuetsu Industry (AIR MAN) sales company.
Type Compressor Oil

Manufacturer ISO32
昭和シェル石油コレナオイル RS32
Showa Shell Sekiyu Shell Corena Oil RS32
エクソンモービルモービルレーラス 424
Exxon Mobil Mobil Rarus 424
ＪＸ日鉱日石エネルギーフェアコール RA32
JX Nippon Oil & Energy FAIRCOL RA32
北越工業 (AIRMAN) オールシーズン (*)
HOKUETSU INDUSTRIES All Seasons (*)
11-3-4
11.3.5 Grease
Use grease of NLGI consistency No.2 if ambient temperature is over 0°C.
Use grease of NLGI consistency No.1 if ambient temperature is under 0°C.
General-purpose Grease
Use general-purpose grease for pins and bearings on the machine.
Put grease fully until old grease is forced out.
Molybdenum Grease
Apply molybdenum grease to threads of rod, swivel and shank rod.
Use disulfide, mineral or graphite molybdenum grease with heat resistance and extreme-pressure
properties.
11-3-5
Oil Supply Pump
11.4 Oil Supply Pump
WARNING
The high-pressure hydraulic oil may spout out.
When the hydraulic oil is supplied or drained away, open the handle (1) at the top of
the hydraulic tank to release the pressure from the hydraulic tank.
The temperature of the hydraulic tank is high immediately after the engine stops.
Supply the hydraulic oil after stopping the engine and making sure that the hydraulic
oil tank has cooled down to normal temperature.
When the stop valve handle (5) is set to OPEN the hydraulic oil might flow back.
After oiling, always set the handle (3) to CLOSE.
The hydraulic oil is flammable. Wipe off spilled oil carefully.
By using the oil supply pump, hydraulic oil can be supplied, contaminating hydraulic oil.

the machine.
2. Turn the handle (1) counterclockwise on the top of the

hydraulic tank to open it and release the pressure from
the tank.
Make sure that the hand of the air regulator (2) shows "0".
1
17205020
11-4-1
Oil Supply Pump
3. Loosen the adapter (3) and remove the suction hose (4).
Wipe any dirt from off the suction hose (4) with a rag.
4. Put the suction hose (4) into drum can filled with hydraulic 3
oil.
5. Turn the stop valve handle (5) counterclockwise and set it

to OPEN. 5
6. Turn the oil supply pump handle (6) clockwise and supply
the hydraulic oil.
Maintain the hydraulic oil level between the upper and
lower marks in the level gauge (7). 6
★ For the hydraulic oil, refer to 11. “Fuels and Lubricants”
17205040
11-4-2
Oil Supply Pump
7. After oiling, turn the stop valve handle (5) clockwise and
set it to CLOSE.
8. Carefully wipe any hydraulic oil from the suction hose (4)
and screw the suction hose (4) into the adapter (3).
9. Turn the handle (1) clockwise on the top of the hydraulic

tank to close the valve.
17205020

Make sure that the hand of the air regulator (2) shows
"0.015MPa".
11-4-3
12. Coolants
Use soft water with less-impurities such as city water for coolant. Do not use well or river water.
When adding coolant, use water mixed with Long Life Coolant at the same ratio as before.
Long Life Coolant
WARNING
Long life coolant can start a fire. Keep it away from sparks and flames.
If long life coolant is splashed into eyes, flush eyes with water and get medical
attention immediately.
If such coolant is splashed onto skin, flush skin with water and soap.
If long life coolant is swallowed, vomit it immediately and get medical attention.
When you feel sick while working, stop operation immediately and move to a
well-ventilated place and keep quiet. If you feel worse, get medical attention.
Long life coolant provides anti-freezing and corrosion resistance for the cooling system. The mixture
ratio of long life coolant is 50% when shipping.
★ For more detailed description of coolant, see the Operation and Maintenance Manual of Cummins
QSB6.7 Engine.
12
13. Refill Capacities
Compartment or Category and 気温による使い分け（℃） change

Quantity
System Classification interval
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
No.2-D
Fuel Tank Diesel Fuel Oil （※1） 420 L Daily
No.1-D (Ä)
First
Engine Oil Pan Diesel Engine Oil （※2） 250H
SAE 15W40 30 L
Thereafter
500H
Hydraulic Tank Hydraulic Oil ISO VG46 215 L 1000H
First
Screw Compressor Oil 250H
Receiver Tank ISO VG32 29 L
（※3） Thereafter
500H
First
Gear Oil 250H
Feed Motor SAE 90 0.8 L
API: GL-4 Thereafter
1000H
Gear Oil
Drive Motor ＳＡＥ 90 2.5 L 2000H
API: GL-4
Fittings Universal Grease

NLGI No.2
－ Arbitrarily
Rod, Shank Rod and NLGI No.1

Molybdenum Grease
Sleeve, etc.
※1） At operating temperatures below 0°C, use a blend of No.1-D and No.2-D fuels.
※2） For the engine oil, refer to 11.3 “Lubricants”.
※3） For the compressor oil, refer to 11.3 “Lubricants”.
１３－１
Compartment or Category and 気温による使い分け（℃） change
Quantity
System Classification interval
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
Soft Water and Antifreeze

Cooling System Antifreeze 27 L 1000H
（※4）
※4） For the coolant, refer to 12 “Coolant.
１３－２
14. Maintenance Interval Schedule
For inspection and maintenance, move the machine to a place, which is clean, and without dust, as in
a service shop.
For inspection and maintenance of the drifter, refer to “Drifter Maintenance Manual” (separate
volume).
★ For details on the engine not described here, refer to the operation and maintenance manual of
the Cummins QSB6.7 engine.
When Required
In non-periodic maintenance, the interval of inspection and maintenance varies with the work and
conditions.
Inspect and Adjust Track Shoes Tension ････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-1-1

Check Air Conditioner ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-1-2
Check Window Washer･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-1-3
Clean Lubricator ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-1-4
Check Carriage and Hose Reel ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-1-5
Replace Chain ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-1-6
Bleed Air out of Fuel Line ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-1-8
Periodic Maintenance
The engine hour meter indicates periodic maintenance.
Early inspection and maintenance according to the work and conditions prevent breakdown and
irregularity.
Periodic Maintenance / 50 Hours

Clean Cab Air Filters ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-3-1
Clean Dust Collector Elements ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-3-3
Lubricate Center Shaft ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-3-4
Lubricate Oscillating Cylinder ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-3-4
Lubricate Hose Reels ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-3-5
Lubricate Boom Pedestal ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-3-6
Lubricate Boom ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-3-7

Change Engine Oil and Oil Filter Cartridge ･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-4-1
Clean Air Cleaner Element ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-4-4
Replace Return Filter Elements ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-4-7
Replace Compressor Oil Filter Cartridge････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-4-8
Clean Boss Connector (Filter) Screen ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-4-9
14-1
Maintenance Interval Schedule
Clean Fins ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-4-10

Clean Air Conditioner Condenser ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-4-11
Clean Drawing Orifice ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-4-12

Change Engine Oil and Oil Filter Cartridge ･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-5-1
Replace Dust Collector Elements ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-5-2
Replace Air Cleaner Elements ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-5-3
Replace Water Separator Filter ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-5-5
Replace Fuel Filter Cartridge･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-5-7
Clean Fuel Tank Strainer ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-5-9
Change Compressor Oil ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-5-10
Drain Water from Diaphragm Valve Accumulator ････････････････････････････････････････ 14-5-12

Check Drive Motor Oil Level ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-6-1
Change Hydraulic Oil ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-6-2
Change Feed Motor Oil ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-6-7
Check Pressure Regulator Diaphragms ････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-6-8
Check Auto Relief Valve Diaphragms ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-6-9
Check Regulator Diaphragms ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-6-9
Replace Oil Separator･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-6-10
Retighten Bolt/Nut (Important Safety-Critical Parts) ･････････････････････････････････････ 14-6-11

Change Drive Motor Oil ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-7-1
Change Coolant and Clean System ････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-7-2
Change Front Idler Oil ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-7-4
Replace Unloader O-Ring ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-7-4

Replace Intercooler Hose ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-8-1
14-2
When Required
14.1 When Required
Inspect and Adjust Track Shoes Tension
WARNING
If the relief valve (2) is loosened carelessly, high-pressure grease bursts out.
Do not loosen relief valve (2) more than 1 turn.
If the track shoes tension cannot be adjusted, ask your nearest distributor for
adjustment.
The wear conditions of the pins and bushes of the carriage vary with the work conditions and soil
quality.
Inspect and adjust the track shoes tension under the present working conditions and maintain the
standard tension.
Inspection
Move the machine 10m forward and stop the machine.
Place a straight bar on the center between the carrier roller
and idler and if the distance between the bar and shoe plate is
10 - 15mm, it is standard.
If the track shoes are too tense or too slack, adjust.
17701001A
Adjustment
1. Remove the lubricate valve cover (1).
2. Clean the grease nipple (2) and supply grease through

grease nipple (2).
The idler is moved forward to tighten the track shoes.
1
3. If the track shoes tension decreases loosen the lubricate
valve (3) 1 - 2 turns and discharge grease.
17201014A
★ If grease is not discharged normally, travel the
machine forward and backward about 2 - 3 m.
4. Tighten the lubricate valve (3). 2
5. Install the lubricate valve cover (1).
3
176S201001
14-1-1
When Required
Check Air Conditioner
DANGER
The refrigerant (gas) is tasteless and odorless, and is harmless in the open air.
However, if the liquid gets in your eyes or on your skin, you might be blinded or
frostbitten. Do not loosen any part in the refrigerant (gas).
CAUTION
When the refrigerant (gas) needs to be replenished, ask your nearest distributor for
check.
Check the refrigerant (gas) quantity twice every year.

the machine. 2
2. Start the engine and activate the air conditioning with the
engine idling.
3. Monitor the flow of the refrigerant (gas) through the sight

glass (2) of the receiver (1) after 5 – 10 minutes.
1
Supply the refrigerant (gas) if necessary.
Refrigerant Quantity Condition in the Site Glass
◯ There is little bubble in the flow.

◯
◯ As the engine speed is increased, bubbles disappear
◯
◯ gradually and it becomes transparent.
Appropriate 17316005
○ Bubbles pass consistently.

○
○ ○
○
○
Deficient 17316006
・・・・ Something like a slightly flowing mist can be seen.

・・・
・・
・・
・・・・
・
・・・
・
・・
・・
・・・・
Almost nothing ・・ 17316007
14-1-2
When Required
Check Window Washer

1. Loosen the set screws and open the cover (1) that is
located on the right side of the cab.
2. Check the window washer level in the tank (2).

3
17316047
3. If the level in the washer tank (2) is too low, remove the
chain (3) and slide the cover (1) this way to remove the
cover (1).
★ The machine that installs the side wiper has two
washer tanks.
4. Remove the cap of the washer tank (2) and add the
1
window washer.
Install the cap.
17316046
5. Install the cover (1) and set the chain (3).

Tighten the set screws and fix the cover (1).
14-1-3
When Required
Clean Lubricator
WARNING
Hydraulic oil is flammable. Wipe off any spilled hydraulic oil carefully.
If the bowl (2) of the lubricator is filled with sediment, remove and clean the bowl (2).
★ The lubricator is located on the bonnet cover at the rear of the cab.
1. Loosen the plug (1) slightly and release the inside

pressure of the lubricator.
2. Disconnect the oil hose from bottom of the bowl (2). 1

Turn the bowl (2) clockwise and remove the bowl (2) from
the body.
Drain the oil and sediment in the bowl (2) into a suitable
container.
17209005
3. Clean the bowl (2) with clean hydraulic oil.

★ When the bowl (2) is removed, do not touch the float or
valve in the bowl (2).
4. Install the clean bowl (2) to the body.

Connect the oil hose.
2
5. Remove the plug (1) and pour clean hydraulic oil to about
2/3 level of the bowl (2). Install the plug (1). 17209007
14-1-4
When Required
Check Carriage and Hose Reel
CAUTION
If the clearance does not meet the specified value, ask your nearest distributor for
adjustment.
Check if the clearance between the carriage (1) and the slide base (2) meets the specified value.
1 2
17207018
Adjust the clearance between the carriage (1) and the slide
base (2) so that the distance from the rear end of the carriage
(1) to the front end of slide base (2) is 240mm which the slide
base has been relocated backward to the rear end of the
guide shell.
（＊）
17207017
14-1-5
When Required
Replace Chain
CAUTION
If the chain adjuster cannot adjust the chain tension any more, ask your nearest
distributor for replacement.
★ For chain tension adjustment, refer to 4.2.3 “After Starting the Engine”.
Check Sprocket Wheel

When the feed chain is replaced, inspect the sprocket wheel
(1) for excessive wear or damage.
Replace the sprocket wheel (1) with new one, if defective.
★ The sprocket wheel (1) is located on the front of the guide
shell.
If the shaft (2) inserted in the sprocket wheel (1) loose, replace 1
the bush (3) and the oil seal (4).
1
3
17307003
14-1-6
When Required
Insert Lock Washer

When the reel chain is removed, remove the chain joint (1) 1
from the guide shell.
Inspect the chain joint (1) for wear and damage.
Replace the chain joint (1) with new one, if defective.
2
Mount the chain joint (1) on the guide shell.
Install the lock washer (2) under the guide shell and tighten
3
the bolts (3) in the lock washer. 17307004
★ Bend the lock washer (2) to fix the bolts (3).
17205020
Clean Air Pre-cleaner

Empty the pre-cleaner bowl whenever the dirt reaches the full mark.
2
1. Loosen the wing nut (1) on the cover (2) and remove the
cover (2).
Clean inside the bowl (3) with a clean cloth.

1
Install the bowl (3) and the cover (2). Tighten the wing nut (1)
finger tight. Do not use a tool. 17203031
Periodically remove the bowl (3) and cover (2) and wash them
in water.
3
17203032
14-1-7
When Required
Bleed Air out of Fuel Line
WARNING
Fuel is flammable.
After bleeding air, wipe off spilled fuel if necessary.
NOTICE
Never run starter for 30 secs or more.
If it fails to start, wait two minutes or more, and restart starter.
If air is mixed and put in the fuel line, problems occur such as engine starting failure and engine
running failure.
When the fuel tank is empty or maintenance on the fuel line is performed, be sure to bleed air out of
the fuel line.
1. Open engine side cover on the left side of the machine.
2. Loosen air-bleed plug (1).

1
3. Turn handle (2) counterclockwise and pull handle (2).
4. Move handle (2) fore-aft to bleed the air.

2
5. When fuel with no bubble comes out of the air-bleed plug
(1), push and turn handle (2) clockwise and tighten it.
6. Tighten air-bleed plug (1).
7. Start engine.
If engine running is not proper, set idling until it is smooth
running.
★ If engine does not start running, repeat items 2 to 6.
8. Check for fuel leak. Wipe off spilled fuel if necessary.
14-1-8
First Maintenance
14.2 First Maintenance

The first maintenance on a new machine should be sooner than the specified interval.
After that, the maintenance work must be given periodically as specified.
After Only First 250 Hours

Change Engine Oil ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-4-1
Change Compressor Oil ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-5-10
Change Feed Motor Oil ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-6-7
Change Drive Motor Oil ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-7-1
14-2-1
14.3 Periodic Maintenance / 50 Hours
Clean Cab Air Filters
WARNING
Stop the engine.
When operating the air conditioner, be sure to install them inside air filter.
1. Remove the air filter (1) in the rear of the cab behind the
operator's seat.
1
2. Clean the air filter (1) with wash the air filter in warm water.
3. Rinse in clean water and dry in shade.
4. Install the air filter (1)

17316010
14-3-1
WARNING
Reduce compressed air to less than 0.2 MPa when using for cleaning purpose.
Wear safety glasses at avoid injury to eyes.
1. Open the access cover (1) on the left side of the cab.
2
2. Remove the filter element (2).
Clean the filter element (2) with pressure air.
3. Install the filter element (2).
1
17316001
4. Close the access cover (1).
17316002
17316003
14-3-2
Clean Dust Collector Elements
WARNING
If the dust collector elements are clogged, sludge intake during drilling is reduced and might cause
hole clogging. Clean the elements periodically.

the machine.
2. Loosen the wing nuts on the dust collector and open the
cover (1). １
3. Remove the wing nut (3) and remove the element (2) from
the collector body. Remove all five elements.
4. Blow dry compressed air against the inside of the element

and along the pleats so as not to damage the element.
Then blow the dry compressed air against the outside of
the element and along the pleats and then, again against ２
the inside.
5. Blow dry compressed air against the inside of the dust

collector body.
Install the cleaned elements and tighten the wing nut (3).
6. Close the cover (1) and tighten the wing nuts.

3
17311002
14-3-3
Lubrication
When lubricating the component parts, ground the guide shell and stop the engine.
Pull up the safety lock lever and set it to LOCK.
If grease is contaminated with dust or sand, it causes early wear of rotary parts.
Wipe off extruded old grease after grease lubrication.
Center Shaft
(1) Center shaft (2 points)
17316083
Oscillating Cylinder
(1) Oscillating cylinder plate pin, track frame (2 points)
1
17216037
(2) Oscillating cylinder plate pin, main frame (2 points)
17216036
14-3-4
Hose Reels
(1) Hose reel roller bearing (2 points)
1 1
17216025
(2) Roller shaft (2 points)
2
2
17216024
(3) Roller shaft (2 points)

4
(4) Cam follower (4 points)
3
17216026
(5) Sprocket shaft (1 point)

6
6
17216027
14-3-5
17216028
Boom Pedestal
(1) Boom swing cylinder plate pin, head (1 point)
(2) Boom swing cylinder plate pin, bottom (2 points) 2
(3) Boom pedestal (1 point) 1
(4) Boom lift cylinder plate pin, bottom (1 point)
4
17216040
14-3-6
Boom with Horizontal and Slant Guide Mounting

(1) Guide mounting plate pin (1 point)
(2) Guide swing cylinder plate pin, head (1 point)
1
(3) Tilt link plate pin (1 point)
(4) Tilt body plate pin (1 point)
2
3
4
17216013
(5) Guide tilt cylinder plate pin (2 point)

(6) Tilt link bush(1 point) 6
17216014
(7) Boom lift cylinder plate pin, head (1 point)
17316037
(8) Guide tilt cylinder plate pin (2 points)
17216013
14-3-7
(9) Boom plate pin (1 point)
9
17316043
(10) Tilt body arm pin (1 point)
10
17216015
(11) Slide boom, front (4 points) 11

(12) Slide boom, front (4 points)
12
17316040
(13) Slide boom, rear (1 points)

13
17316041
14-3-8
Guide swing cylinder plate pin (1 point)
14
17216016
Boom with Guide Rotary
(1) Plate pin bush (1 points)

(2) Swing body plate pin (1 point) 3
(3) Guide swing cylinder trunnion bush (2 points)
1 2
17316035
(4) Guide mounting plate pin (1 point) 5

4
(5) Guide swing cylinder plate pin (1 point)
(6) Tilt link plate pin (1 point) 6
(7) Tilt body plate pin (1 point)
7
17316035
(8) Guide tilt cylinder plate pin (2 points)

(9) Guide tilt cylinder arm pin (2 points) 9
(10) Tilt link bush (1 point)
10
17316036
14-3-9
(11) Boom lift cylinder plate pin, head (1 point)
11
17316037
(12) Boom plate pin (1 point)
12
17316043
(13) Tilt body arm pin (1 point)
13
17316039
(14) Slide boom, front (4 points) 14

(15) Slide boom, front (4 points)
15
17316040
14-3-10
(16) Slide boom, rear (1 points)

16
17316041
(17) Rotary cylinder plate pin (1 points)
17
17316038
(18) Rotary cylinder plate pin (1 points)
18
17316042
14-3-11

Perform the 50 hours maintenance at the same time.
Change Engine Oil and Engine Oil Filter Cartridge
WARNING
You could start a fire.
Drain oil properly in the oil pan. Wipe off spilled oil.
High temperature oil causes burns.
When removing drain plug (1), take care not to scatter the oil.
NOTICE
Replace engine oil and engine oil filter cartridge at the time 250 hours or 3 months of
operation, which ever comes first, elapses.
★ If engine oil of over CF-4 class by API service classifcation is used, replace engine oil and engine oil
filter cartridge every 250 hours.
When replacing engine oil, first run engine in idling or little higher rpm until engine coolant
temperature is approx 60°C, and after engine oil is warmed, stop the engine.
1. Place oil pan under the drain plug (1) on the left side of the
main frame.
Remove drain plug (1) and drain oil in the oil pan.
★ Engine oil quantity: approx 30L.
NOTICE
Check drained oil. Contact our distributor if foreign matter 1
17202031
or metalic particles are found in the oil.
2. Check O-ring on the drain plug (1). Replace if it is

damaged or worn.
Clean and tighten drain plug (1).
2
17203050
14-4-1
3. Open engine side cover on the right side of the machine.

Clean filter head and filter cartridge (2) connector.
4. Place oil pan under the filter cartridge (2).

Using filter wrench, turn filter cartridge (2)
counterclockwise (viewed from under) and remove it.
Remove O-ring and discard it.
5. Clean filter head installation surface.

If O-ring is stuck, remove it properly.
Aplly clean engine oil thinly to the new O-ring and install it
on the filter head.
6. Fill new filter cartridge with clean engine oil. Apply engine
Gasket
oil thinly to the seal surface of the gasket and install it on
the filter head.
Slightly screw in until seal surface of gasket butts against
seal surface of filter base evenly and tighten it by about 3/4
turns.
★ Do not overtighten, which causes damage to the seal
surface of the gasket.
Tighten filter cartridge by hand.
7. Open engine top cover on the top of the machine.

Remove oil cap (3). Pour engine oil until it is the specified
level. 3
Tighten oil cap (3).
★ For engie oil, refer to 11. Fuel, Water and Lubricant
Selection.
8. Close engine top cover.

17203043
14-4-2

Check oil level with oil level gauge (4).
The right engine oil level must be within the range of
upper and lower limit of level indicated with marks.
★ For inspection of engine oil level, refer to 4.1 Inspection
Before Operation.
4
10. Start engine and perform idling.

Check for no oil leak.
11. Stop engine and about 30 minutes later, check oil level
with oil level gauge (4).
If it is not proper, remove oil cap (3) and pour oil.
12. Close engine side cover.
14-4-3
Clean Air Cleaner Element
CAUTION
Never service the air cleaner when engine is running, to avoid engine damage.
NOTICE
If the air cleaner clogging CAUTION lamp (1) is ON even when the cleaned element is
attached, replace the element with the new one.
Replace the outer element with the new one after four cleanings or elapse of 500 hours,
together with the inner element.
Do not remove the inner element except to replace.
When the air cleaner element is dirty, the suction airflow decreases to cause an engine output drop
and starting failure, or other troubles.
If compressor air cleaner element is dirty, the flushing air becomes weak so cuttings cannot be
discharged correctly, which results in blowhole clogging and other troubles.
If the air cleaner clogging CAUTION lamp (1) is ON, check and clean the air cleaner elements earlier
than the specified intervals.
14-4-4
1. The engine air cleaner is cleaned first.

Open the engine cover that is located on the left side of
the machine.
2. Push the evacuator valve (1) to remove garbage and dust

from the evacuator valve (1). 3
3. Loosen the clamps (2) that hold the cover (3) on the air 2 1
cleaner housing. 17203052
Remove the cover (3) from the air cleaner housing.
4. Remove the primary element (4) from the air cleaner

housing. Inspect the primary element (4). Replace a
damaged primary element with a clean primary element.
5. If the primary element (4) is not damaged, clean the

primary element (4).
★ For cleaning the primary element (4), refer to “Inspect 4
and Clean Element”. 17203053
6. Clean the inside of the air cleaner housing with a clean

cloth.
7. Clean inside the cover (3) with a clean cloth.
8. Check whether the secondary element (5) is fixed.

Push the secondary element (5) when loosening.
9. Install a new or cleaned primary element.
10. Install the cover (1) on the air cleaner housing and fasten 5
the clamps (2).
11. Clean the compressor air cleaner (6) according to the

same procedure as 2 - 10.
6
17203052
14-4-5
Inspect and clean the element
WARNING
When using compressed air, wear necessary protective gear such as safety glasses
and adjust the compressed air pressure to 0.2 MPa or less.
NOTICE
Do not clean the element by bumping or tapping.
Blow compressed dry air from inside of the element along the
pleats. Do not damage the element.
Then blow air from outside of the element along the pleats and
again blow air from inside.
17303003
Inspect the element on completion of the cleaning.

Shed light from inside of the element to inspect the filter
paper.
If it is damaged or pin-holed, replace..
17303004
14-4-6
Replace Return Filter Elements
WARNING
Hot oil and components can cause injury.
Do not allow hot oil or components to contact skin.
If the return oil filter clogging CAUTION lamp is ON, replace the return filter element earlier than
specified intervals. The both return filter elements can be replaced by same procedures.
★ The return filter element is located on the right side of the machine.
1. Clean the mounting section of the filter head and the filter
element (1).
Place a suitable container under the filter element (1).
Remove the filter element (1) with a strap type wrench and
discard the filter element (1).
2. Clean the mounting surface of the filter head. Make sure 1

that all of the old seal is removed from the filter head.
17205047
3. Apply a light film of clean hydraulic oil to the sealing

surface of the new filter element.
4. Install the new filter element by hand. When the filter

element sealing surface contacts the filter head, tighten
the filter element for an additional 2/3 turn.
Tightening torque: 27.5 N·m
5. Start the engine at low idle.

Press the touch switch on the hydraulic cylinder control
panel and move the working equipment slowly.
Circulate the hydraulic oil and bleed the air in the circuit.
6. Return the working equipment to the traveling posture and

stop the engine.
7. Inspect the hydraulic system for leaks. 2
8. Check the oil level in the level gauge (2) on the side of the
17205040
hydraulic tank. If the oil is low, add oil
14-4-7
Replace Compressor Oil Filter Cartridge
WARNING
If the compressor oil filter clogging CAUTION lamp is ON, replace the filter cartridge (1) earlier than
the specified intervals.

the machine.
2. Clean the mounting surface of the filter head and the filter
cartridge (1). Place a suitable container under the filter
cartridge (1). Remove the filter cartridge (1) with a strap
type wrench and discard the filter cartridge (1).
1
3. Clean the mounting surface of the filter head. Make sure

that all of the old seal is removed from the filter head.
4. Apply a light film of clean compressor oil to the sealing

surface of the new filter cartridge.
5. Install the new filter cartridge by hand. When the sealing

surface of the filter cartridge comes in contact the filter
head, tighten the filter cartridge for an additional 3/4 – 1
turn.
6. Start the engine to activate the compressor.

Inspect the compressor filter cartridge for leaks.
7. The oil level should be within the RUN mark of the level
gauge (2). If the oil is low, stop the engine and wait for 10
– 20 minutes. Then remove the filler cap (3) and add oil. 3
2
14-4-8
Clean Boss Connector (Filter) Screen
WARNING
■ Oil is inflammable. When removing the boss connector (filter) (3), be careful not to
spill out the oil in the case. Wipe off if necessary.
■ Temperature of hydraulic oil is high immediately after stopping the engine so the
boss connector (filter) (3) should be replaced prior to the start of the engine or the oil
is cooled and in normal temperature.
Located on Right Side of Machine

ボスコネクタ（フィル
Pilot Module Valve with
タ）を取付けているパイ
Boss Connector (Filter)
ロットモジュラバルブ
1. Open the engine cover which is located on the right side of the machine.
2. Remove the oil hose from the fitting of the boss connector (filter) and remove the boss
connector (filter).
ボスコネクタ（フィルタ）
Boss Connector (Filter)
オーリング
O-ring
スクリーン
Screen
ボスコネクタ（フィルタ）
Located on Connector
Right Side (Filter)
of Machine
パイロットモジュラバルブ
Pilot Module Valve Boss
3. Blow compressed air to the screen of the boss connector (filter).

4. Replace the O-rings being attached to the boss connector (filter).
O-ring used: part no. 161011-00011, spec OP11-1 class B. After installing the new
O-rings to the pilot module valve, connect the oil hose.
5. Close the engine side cover.
14-4-9
Clean Fins
CAUTION
NOTICE
When washing with steam or water, cover the battery so that water does not splash
directly on the battery, otherwise it might cause engine malfunction or short-circuit of the
electric wiring.
When the radiator fins (1), oil cooler fins (2), and after cooler fins (3) are clogged by dust or soil, air
flow is disturbed which might cause overheating of the engine or compressor, as well as malfunction
of the hydraulic equipment.
★ Clean fins at earlier intervals if they are stuffed.
1. Open the rear cover. 1
2. Remove the dust and other debris from the fins using
compressed air.
★ When the fins are cleaned using steam or water, dry
them completely.
3. When the cleaning of fins is completed, check for

damaged hoses and loose or damaged hose clamps.
If any, replace.
4. Close the rear cover.
14-4-10
Clean Air Conditioner Condenser
WARNING
NOTICE
When washing with steam or water, cover the battery so that water does not splash
directly on the battery, otherwise it might cause engine malfunction or short-circuit of the
electric wiring.
If the air conditioner condenser (1) is clogged, ventilation is disturbed and cooling is reduced.
1. Open the rear cover.
2. Remove the dust and other debris from the fins using
compressed air.
★ When the fins are cleaned using steam or water, dry
them completely.
1
3. When the cleaning of fins is completed, check for

damaged hoses and loose or damaged hose clamps.
If any, replace.
4. Close the rear cover.
14-4-11
Clean Drawing Orifice

If the drawing orifice is clogged, a lot of oil is included in the flushing air.

the machine. 1
2. Disconnect the hose (1).

2
3. Remove the check valve (2) and remove the orifice (3).
3
4. Remove the strainer (4) and gasket (5) from the orifice (3).
Wash the strainer (4) with clean non-flammable solvent.
Inspect the strainer (4) for damage. Replace the strainer
(4), if necessary.
5. Inspect the gasket (5) for damage. Replace the gasket (5), 2
if necessary.
3
6. Lubricate the gasket (3) with clean compressor oil. Install 5

the gasket (5) and strainer (4) in the orifice (3).
4
7. Install the orifice (3).
8. Install the check valve (2) .
9. Connect the hose (1).
14-4-12

Perform the 50 hours and 250 hours maintenance at the same time.
Change Engine Oil and Oil Filter Cartridge
NOTICE
If engine oil of CI-4 class is used, replace engine oil and engine oil filter cartridge every 500
hours.
Replace engine oil and engine oil filter cartridge at the time 500 hours or 6 months of
operation, which ever comes first, elapses.
If engine oil of over CI-4 class by API service classifcation is used, the time of replacement of engine oil
and engine oil filter cartridge is prolonged to 500 hours.
★ For replacement of engine oil and engine oil filter cartridge, refer to 14.5 Periodic Maintenance / 250
hours.
★ For engine oil, refer to 11. Fuel, Water and Lubricant Selection.
14-5-1
Replace Dust Collector Elements
WARNING
Adjust compressed air to less than 0.2 MPa when using compressed air.
Wear safety glasses to avoid injury on eyes.
1. Open the engine cover, which is located on the right side

of the machine. Then loosen the wing nuts on the dust
collector and open the cover (1).
2. Remove the wing nut (2) and remove the element (3).
Remove and discard all five elements. (SINTER
LAMELLAR: 12 elements)
3. Blow compressed air to the inside of the dust collector

body for cleaning.
3
4. Install the new element and tighten the wing nut (2).
2
17311002
5. Close the cover (1) and tighten the wing nuts.
14-5-2
Replace Air Cleaner Elements
WARNING
Adjust compressed air to less than 0.2 MPa when using compressed air.
Wear safety glasses to avoid injury on eyes.
CAUTION
Never service the air cleaner when engine is running, to avoid engine damage.
1. The engine air cleaner is cleaned first.

Open the engine cover that is located on the left side of
the machine.
3
2. Push the evacuator valve (1) to remove garbage and dust
from the evacuator valve (1). 1
2
17203052
3. Loosen the clamps (2) that hold the cover (3) on the air
cleaner housing.
Remove the cover (3) from the air cleaner housing.
4. Remove the primary element (4) from the air cleaner

housing and discard the primary element (4).
4
17203053
5. Remove the secondary element (5) from the air cleaner

housing and discard the secondary element (5).
14-5-3
6. Clean the inside of the air cleaner housing with a clean

cloth.
7. Clean inside the cover (3) with a clean cloth.
8. Install a new secondary element.

Install a new primary element.
9. Install the cover (3) on the air cleaner housing and fasten
the clamps (2).
10. Clean the compressor air cleaner (6) according to the

same procedure as 2 - 9.
6
17203052
14-5-4
Replace Water Separator Filter
WARNING
Fuel is flammable. Wipe off spilled fuel.
Each part of engine goes to high temperature immediately after stopping the engine. Always
replace filter (2) before engine starts and cools down.
NOTICE
Replace filter (2) at the time 500 hours or 6 months of operation, which ever comes first,
elapses.
If water is mixed and put in the fuel, the electronic unit or injector may fail.
Replace water separator filter (2) periodically.
★ Replace fuel filter cartridge whenever water separator filter (2) is replaced.
13. Remove connector from the sensor (1).
14. Clean mounting surface of filter (2) and filter base.
15. Place oil pan under filter (2). ２

Using filter wrench, turn filter (2) counterclockwise (viewed
from under) and remove it.
16. Drain fuel in filter into the oil pan.

Remove sensor from filter (2). Discard filter (2).
１
17. Inspect sensor. Replace if crack or damage is found.

Clean mounting surface of filter base.
If seal is stuck, remove it completely.
18. Install sensor on the new filter.
14-5-5
19. Apply clean fuel thinly to the gasket of the new filter, and
install filter base.
Screw in until seal surface of gasket butts against seal
surface of filter base evenly, and tighten it by about 1/2
turns.
★ When installing the new filter, do not put fuel in the filter.
★ Do not overtighten, which causes damage to seal
surface of gasket. Tighten filter by hand.
20. Install connector on sensor (1).
21. Start engine and make it idling for about one minute, and
check that no fuel leaks.
22. Stop engine.

★ Restart engine, and check that no fuel leaks.
14-5-6
Replace Fuel Filter Cartridge
WARNING
Fuel is flammable. Wipe off spilled fuel.
Each part of engine goes to high temperature immediately after stopping the engine. Always
replace filter (2) before engine starts and cools down.
NOTICE
Replace filter (2) at the time 500 hours or 6 months of operation, which ever comes first,
elapses.
Replace engine fuel filter cartridge (2) as follows:

Replace fuel filter cartridge (2) whenever water separator filter is replaced.
2. Clean mounting surface of filter cartridge (1) and filter

base.
3. Place oil pan under the filter cartridge (1).

Using filter wrench, turn filter cartridge (1)
counterclockwise (viewed from under) and remove it. 1
4. Clean mounting surface of filter base.

If seal is stuck, remove it.
5. Apply clean fuel thinly to O-ring and gasket of new filter

cartridge, and install it on filter base.
NOTICE
Fuel not properly filtered and deteriorated causes early
wear on the parts of fuel system.
When installing new filter cartridge, do not pour fuel in it.
14-5-7
6. Screw in until seal surface of gasket butts against seal

surface of filter head evenly and tighten it by about 3/4
turns.
★ Do not overtighten, which causes damage to seal
surface of gasket. Tighten filter by hand.
7. On completion of replacement of fuel filter cartridge, bleed

air out of the fuel system.
★ For air bleeding, refer to 14.1 Maintenance When
Required.
8. Start engine, and check that no fuel leaks from filter base.
14-5-8
Clean Fuel Tank Strainer
WARNING
The strainer (2) prevents dust or soil from entering the fuel tank. Supply fuel with the strainer (2)
attached.
1. Remove the fuel cap (1) and remove the strainer (2).
2. Wash the strainer (2) in clean, light oil.
3. Inspect the strainer (2) for damage.

Replace the strainer (2) if it is necessary.
4. Install the strainer (2) to the oil filler port. 1

2
17202025
5. Tighten the fuel cap (1) securely.
14-5-9
Change Compressor Oil
WARNING
Drain the oil only when engine is stopped and the oil is cool.
The maintenance fluids must be draining into containers.

Spilled oil must be cleaned up as it may cause fire.
CAUTION
★ When the compressor oil is changed, replace the compressor filter cartridge (2) at the same time.

the machine.
2. Place a suitable container under the drain cock (1).

Open the drain cock (1) and drain the compressor oil.
★ Capacity is approximately 65 liters. 1
3. Close the drain cock (1).

17202028
4. Clean the mounting section of the filter head and the filter
cartridge (2).
Place a suitable container under the filter cartridge (2).
5. Remove the filter cartridge (2) with a strap type wrench

and discard the filter cartridge (2).
6. Clean the mounting surface of the filter head. 2

Make sure that all of the old seal is removed from the filter
head.
7. Apply a light film of clean compressor oil to the sealing

surface of the new filter cartridge.
14-5-10
8. Install the new filter cartridge by hand.

Tighten the fuel cartridge an additional 3/4 - 1 turn after
contact. This will tighten the filter cartridge sufficiently.
9. Remove the filler cap (3) and fill the compressor oil to the
specified level. Maintain the compressor oil should be
within the STOP mark of the level gauge (4).
Install the filler cap (3).
3
4
Lubricants”.
10. Start the engine to activate the compressor.

Inspect the receiver tank for leaks.
11. Check the oil level at level gauge (4). The oil level should
be within the STOP mark of the level gauge (4).
If the oil level is low, stop the engine and wait for 10 – 20
minutes. Remove the filler cap (3) and add oil.
14-5-11
Drain Water from Diaphragm Valve Accumulator
NOTICE
If the drain cock (1) is opened, the air is bled and the pulse jet does not discharge.
After water is drained, close the drain cock (1) securely.
The accumulator stores the air to be discharged as pulse jet by the diaphragm valve.
If there is water in the accumulator it might cause rust.
Drain any water from the accumulator periodically.
★ The accumulator is located on the right side of the dust

collector.

the machine.
2. Open the drain cock (1) on the bottom of the accumulator 1

and drain water and sediment from the accumulator.
Close the drain cock (1).
3. Start the engine. Press the ON side of the compressor

switch and check that the pulse jet is discharged.
14-5-12

Perform the 50 hours, 250 hours and 500 hours maintenance at the same time.
Check Drive Motor Oil Level
WARNING
1. Move the machine so that the drain plug (1) on the drive
motor comes lowest point.
2
2. Remove the oil filler plug (2) and check the oil level.
It is a proper quantity if there is oil up to the vicinity of the
edge under the plug hole. If the oil is low, fill the oil until
the oil begins to overflow.
★ For the oil, refer to 11. “Fuels and Lubricants”. 1
17301009
3. Clean the oil filler plug (2) and inspect the O-ring of the oil
filler plug (2). Replace the O-ring if damaged or wear is
evident. Install the oil filler plug (2).
4. Using above steps 1 - 3, check the oil levels of the drive

motors on the right and left.
5. Start the engine. Operate the machine on level ground for

a few minutes and recheck the oil level.
6. The oil must be visible in oil filler plug (2) opening.

Add oil, if necessary.
14-6-1
Change Hydraulic Oil
WARNING
The high-pressure hydraulic oil may spout out.
When the hydraulic tank strainer is changed, open the handle (1) at the top of the
hydraulic tank to release the pressure from the hydraulic tank.

Drain the oil only when engine is stopped and the oil is cool.
The maintenance fluids must be draining into containers.

CAUTION
Park the machine on level ground. Set the machine to traveling posture or guide shell to downward,
and press the end of the foot pad against the ground.
Pull up the safety lock lever to set it to LOCK.
1. Open the engine cover that is located on the right side of 1

the machine.
2. Turn the handle (1) counterclockwise on the top of the

hydraulic tank to open it and release the pressure from the
tank.
Make sure that the hand of the air regulator (2) shows "0". 3
17205016
3. Remove the oil hose (3) from the regulator.
14-6-2
4. Place a suitable container under the drain plug (4) on the

left side of the main frame.
Remove the drain plug (4) and drain the oil.
★ Capacity is approximately 240 liters.
NOTICE
When the drain plug (4) is removed, take care not to
allow any oil on your body. 4
17202031
5. The adjuster (5) is fixed with a nut (6) on the top side of
5
the plug (7). Loosen the nut (6).
Loosen the adjuster (5) to the utmost. 6
6. As holding the plug (7) not to jump up, remove it.
7
17205022
7. Remove the bolts, which fix the cover (8). Install the
eyebolts on the cover (8) and position the nylon sling. 8
Lift up and remove the cover (8). 9
★ The total cover mass is approximately 20 kg.
8. Remove the rubber (9) from the top surface of the

hydraulic tank.
Discard the rubber (9).
17205028
9. Remove the spring inserted in the guide holder (11).

Inspect the spring and replace it new one, if damaged.
11
10. Hold the center bolt (10) and pull up the suction strainer.
10
11. Remove the strainer (12) from the center bolt (10) and
discard the strainer (12).
12. Inspect that there is no foreign matter in the tank and wash
the tank in a clean, non-flammable solvent. 12
13. Install a new strainer to the center bolt (10). 13

Insert the strainer securely into the pipe (13). 17205024
14-6-3
14. Remove the nut (6) and adjuster (5) from the plug (7).
15. Remove the O-ring (14) from the inner circumference of 7

the plug (7) to replace it with new one. 6
16. Remove the O-ring (15) to replace it with new one.
17. Install the adjuster (5) to the plug (7).

14
15 5
17205032
18. Insert the spring into the guide holder (11). 8
19. Install the new rubber to the top surface of the hydraulic
tank.
20. Lift up the cover (8) and install the tank body.
11
17205025
21. Install the plug (7) to the cover (8).
22. Install the cover (8) and tighten bolts evenly. 7
17205033
23. Tighten the adjuster (5) and fix the suction strainer not to 5
move. 6
24. Install the nut (6). 7

Tighten the nut (6) to fix the adjuster (5).
17205034
14-6-4
25. Clean the drain plug (4) and inspect the O-ring of the drain
plug (4). Replace the O-ring if damaged or wear is evident.
Install the drain plug (4).
17202031
26. Fill the hydraulic tank to the specified level.

Check the oil level in the level gauge (16) on the side of
the hydraulic tank.
Maintain the hydraulic oil level between the upper and
lower marks in the level gauge (16).
If the oil is low, add oil by using the oil supply pump.
16
★ For supply the hydraulic oil, refer to Item 11.4 “Oil
Supply Pump”.
★ For the hydraulic oil, refer to 11. “Fuels and 17205040
Lubricants”.
27. Turn the handle (1) clockwise on the top of the hydraulic
tank to close the valve.
28. Connect the hose (3) to the regulator.
1
3
17205020
29. Bleed the air from the pump.

For air bleeding, refer to the next item “Bleed Pump”.
14-6-5
Bleed Pump
If the engine is started while there is air in the pump and there is no hydraulic oil, it might damage the
pump. When the hydraulic oil is to be changed, bleed the air at the same time.
1. Remove the bonnet cover (1) on the left side of the

hydraulic tank.
2. Remove metal fittings from drain ports (2) and (3).

Fill the oil until oil begins to overflow from the drain ports 2
(2) and (3).
3. Clean the drain ports and connect the metal fittings.
3
17203062

Make sure that the hand of the air regulator (4) shows
"0.015MPa".

panel to move the working equipment slowly.
Circulate the hydraulic oil and bleed the air in the circuit.
4
6. Return the working equipment to traveling posture and
stop the engine. Inspect the hydraulic system for leaks.
7. Check the oil level in the level gauge.

Add hydraulic oil if it is necessary.
8. Install the bonnet cover (1).
14-6-6
Change Feed Motor Oil
WARNING

panel to set the guide shell parallel to the ground.
2. Place a suitable container under the drain plug (1).

Remove the oil filler plug (2).
Remove the drain plug (1) and drain the oil.
★ Capacity is approximately 1 liter.
1
3. Clean the drain plug (1) and install the drain plug (1).
4. Fill the oil until oil begins to overflow from the oil filler plug
(2).
Oil capacity: 0.8 liter
★ For gear oil, refer to 11. “Fuels and Lubricants”. 2
5. Clean the oil filler plug (2) and install the oil filler plug (2).
6. Start the engine. Tilt the control grip (3) forward and
backward several times to repeat the drifter's forward and
backward movements and inspect that there is no oil
leakage on the feel motor.
17314124
14-6-7
Check Pressure Regulator Diaphragms

Replace diaphragms on solenoid valves (1) and (1) being installed to pneumatic modular and dust
collector.
★ Locate the solenoid valve (1) of pneumatic modular when

the engine side cover on the left side of the machine is
opened.
17204062
★ Locate the solenoid valve (1) of dust collector when the

engine side cover on the right side of the machine is opened.
17211007
14-6-8
Replace Auto Relief Valve Diaphragm
CAUTION
Auto relief valve relieves pressure in the receiver tank as soon as the compressor stops.
When removing auto relief vale, wait five minutes or more after compressor stops, and
check that no pressure remains in the receiver tank.
When the diaphragm is replaced, first take the auto relief valve down from the machine, then
disassemble it.
★ Locate the auto relief valve when the engine side cover on
the left side of the machine is opened.
Replace Regulator Diaphragm
CAUTION
On completion of replacement of diaphragm, adjustment of regulator operation is needed.
For replacement of diaphragm, contact the distributor.
When the diaphragm is replaced, first take the regulator down from the machine, then disassemble it.
★ Locate the regulator when the engine top cover on the top of
the machine is opened..
14-6-9
Replace Oil Separator
NOTICE
For the replacement of the oil separator element, ask your nearest distributor.
The oil separator in the receiver tank (1) separates hydraulic oil from the compressed air discharged
from the compressor, which discharges compressed air only.
If the oil separator is clogged, there will be a lot of oil is in the discharged air.
Replace an oil separator element periodically.
★ When the oil separator element is replaced, replace the

diaphragm of the solenoid valve (2) and gasket of the
flange (3) at the same time.
14-6-10
Retighten Bolt/Nut (Important Safety-Critical Parts)
DANGER
Use of bolt and nut loosened results in critical problems such as pin broken, pin off,
and boom or guide shell fallen down. If any wear, deterioration, or damage is found in
those parts, replace with FURUKAWA genuine pats.
The procedure is as follows:

1. Place the machine on firm and flat surface and set it in the maintenance posture (guide shell in
the left and right direction), where the end of the boom is lowered until the top of the tilt body can
be easily accessed with your hand.
2. Stop the engine on the machine and do not touch the levers etc.
3. Avoid hazards; do not enter under the boom, guide mounting, and guide shell.
4. Wipe off dirt or dust from the bolt and nut, washer, spring washer etc.
5. Check the bolt and nut, washer, spring washer etc for wear, deterioration and damage.
6. Retighten/repair the parts according to the Bolt/Nut Tightening Torque List.
Bolt/Nut Tightening Torque List
Spanner Torque Thread Tightener

Tightening Location Qty
Nominal N⋅m Three Bond
1 Fine-threaded Nut 4 50 1350 #1344 (low strength)
(arm pin)
2 Plate Pin 1 24 300 −
3 Plate Pin 1 24 300 −
4 Plate Pin 1 24 300 −
5 Plate Pin 1 24 300 −
6 Plate Pin 1 24 300 −
7 Wiper cover 8 19 70 −
8 Plate Pin 1 24 300 −
Note:
The spanner nominal is the size of hex bolt.
Apply the specified brand to the nut with thread tithtener.
For tightening locations, see the figures on the next page.
14-6-11
１２
１２
Arm Pin
３４５６
Tilt Body Arm Pin
Boom Lift Cylinder
14-6-12

Perform the 50 hours, 250 hours, 500 hours and 1000 hours maintenance at the same time.
Change Drive Motor Oil
WARNING
1. Move the machine so that the drain plug (1) on the drive
motor comes lowest point.
2
2. Place a suitable container under the drain plug (1).

Remove the oil filler plug (2).
Remove the drain plug (1) and drain oil.
1
3. Clean the drain plug (1) and inspect the O-ring of the drain 17301009
plug (1). Replace the O-ring if damaged or wear is evident.

Install the drain plug (1).
4. Fill the oil until oil begins to overflow from the oil filler plug
(2).
Oil capacity: 2.5 liters.
★ For the oil, refer to 11. “Fuels and Lubricants”.
5. Clean the oil filler plug (2) and inspect the O-ring of the oil
filler plug (2). Replace the O-ring if damaged or wear is
evident. Install the oil filler plug (2).
6. Using above steps 1 - 5, change the oil of the drive motors

on the right and left.

a few minutes and inspect there is no oil leakage on the
plugs (1) and (2).
14-7-1
Change Coolant and Clean System
WARNING
Hot coolant and steam can cause burns.
To open radiator cap (1), stop engine, wait until radiator is cool.
Remove the reservoir tank cap (1) slowly to relieve the pressure.
NOTICE
If well water or river water is used, deposit and rust are generated quickly.
Use soft water of low impurity or tap water as the coolant.
Change the coolant after 1000 hours or 1 year, whichever is earlier.
If deposit or rust is generated in the cooling system, the cooling effect is lowered and it might
overheat. When the coolant is changed, clean inside the cooling system.
1. Open the radiator cap cover.
Put a cloth over the radiator cap (1) and slowly loosen the
radiator cap (1) in order to relieve pressure.
Inspect the radiator cap seal. Replace the radiator cap (1) if
the seal is damaged. Inspect the pressure relief spring. 1
Remove dust or all foreign materials from the pressure
relief spring.
Place a suitable container to receive the drained coolant under

the radiator drain cock (2).
Open the engine cover that is located on the right side of the 2
machine. The radiator drain cock (2) is located on the
bottom of the radiator. Open the drain cock (2) and drain
the coolant.
Close the drain cock (2).
Flush the cooling system with any available cleaning solvent.

For the flushing procedure, comply with the instructions of the
cleaning solvent manufacturer.
14-7-2
2. Start the engine. Keeping the engine coolant temperature

at 80°C, operate the engine for 5 minutes and then stop
the engine. Open the drain cock (2) and drain the cleaning
solvent. Close the drain cock (2).
3. Fill the soft water into the radiator until the water reaches
just under the hole.
4. Start the engine with the radiator cap (1) opened.

Keeping the engine coolant temperature at 80°C, operate
the engine for 5 minutes and then stop the engine.
5. Drain the water by opening the drain cock (2).

Flush system with soft water until draining water becomes
clean.
6. Close the drain cock (2). Fill the coolant slowly until the
water reaches just under the hole.
Coolant capacity: 38 liters.
★ For the coolant, refer to 12. “Coolant”.
7. Open the reservoir cap (3) and fill the coolant up to the
“FULL” position.
8. Bleed the air from inside the cooling system.

Start the engine with the radiator cap (1) removed and let
3
it idle for 5 minutes, keeping the engine coolant
temperature at about 80°C.
17203046
9. Stop the engine and wait until each part of the engine is
cooled down to the normal temperature. Recheck the
coolant level and add coolant as necessary.
10. Install the radiator cap (1). Start the engine. Keeping the
engine coolant temperature at about 80°C, operate it for 5
minutes. Check that there is no coolant leakage.
Close the engine cover.
14-7-3
Change Front Idler Oil
CAUTION
1. Place a suitable container under the plug (1).

Remove the plug (1) and drain oil.
★ Capacity is approximately 0.1 liter.
2. Move the machine so that the plug (1) on the front idler 1
comes upper end.
3. Fill the oil until oil begins to overflow from the plug hole.
Oil capacity: 0.06 liters.
★ For the oil, refer to 11. “Fuels and Lubricants”.
4. Clean the plug (1) and install the plug after winding a seal
tape.
5. Using above steps 1 - 4, change the oil of the front idler.

a few minutes and inspect that there is no oil leakage on
the plug.
Replace Unloader O-Ring
NOTICE
For the replacement of the O-ring, ask your nearest distributor.
Replace the O-ring of unloader (1) installed on the compressor.
14-7-4

Perform the 50 hours, 250 hours, 500 hours, 1000 hours and 2000 hours maintenance at the same
time.
Replace Intercooler Hose
WARNING
Each part of the intercooler hose, engine and engine cover is hot immediately after the
machine is stopped. When replacing the intercooler hose, make sure each part of the
engine room is cooled and in normal temperature.
Location of Intercooler Hose
１
２
新規→
14-8-1
Intercooler Hose Part No. and Quantity
Item Part No. Part Name Qty

1 040114-080530 Intercooler hose 2
2 040113-160150 Intercooler hose (A) 1
3 040114-08033 Intercooler hose 1
14-8-2
15. Periodic Replacement of Maintenance Parts
WARNING
Replace the maintenance parts with new ones periodically every 2 years after
purchase or every 4000 hours, whichever is earlier.
Ask your nearest distributor to replace the maintenance parts.
To ensure safety in operation and work, the user of machine must carry out the periodical
maintenance. To use the machine safely, be sure to replace the maintenance parts, which, if not
properly used, may cause a serious problem.
The maintenance parts can be easily deteriorated or worn because their material is changed in
quality with a passage of time. It is difficult to judge their damage degree in the periodical
repair/inspection. After the maintenance parts have been used for a regular period, replace them
with new ones even if you do not find any damage on them.
If you find any trouble about the maintenance parts before the regular replacement period has
passed, replace them with new ones at once.
When you find any deformation, damage or crack on the clips, hose clamps or pipe clamps
concerned with the hoses; replace the hoses together with the damaged parts at the same time.
When you replace the hose equipped with seals such as O-ring or gasket, replace them together.
4
Sub Tank Main Tank Engine
176MPL012
3 1 2
№ Maintenance Parts Route Remarks
① Fuel Hose Fuel Tank Injection pump
② Fuel Hose Engine Fuel Tank

Only in the machine equipped
③ Fuel Hose Main Tank Sub Tank
with sub tank.
Only in the machine equipped
④ Fuel Hose Sub Tank Main Tank
with sub tank.
15-1
Special equipment
16. Special equipment
WARNING
If options or attachments not described in this manual areinstalled, be sure to contact
the distributor in advance.
We are not liable for any damage if no your contact or our permission is given。
If options or attachments other than FURUKAW genuine parts are installed, the machine’s
performance will be degraded and its safety not ensured.
16-1
Special equipment
16.1 IMS (If Equipped)
WARNING
If an error is indicated on the information display, stop the work at once, moves the
machine to a safe place and take remedial measures properly.
If the engine was stopped due to the action of the emergency relay, check and remove
the cause before starting the engine again.
IMS (Intelligent Monitoring System) is a multi-display unit.

When the engine is started, the machine conditions and operating troubles are indicated on the
information display.
★ Error display is erased when the machine is restored to normal condition.
17214026
5 IMS Ⅰ
IMS Ⅰ indicates the operating troubles and the maintenance information being required on the
information display.
★ The error display disappears when the machine is normal and it returns.
The following table shows the indications on the information display.
Display Causes Remedial measures
○ Generation failure of alternator ○ Check the alternator
ＣＨＡＲＧＥ
17317041
○ Engine overheat ○ Check the coolant level

ＷＡＴＥＲ ○ Coolant temperature for engine is
ＴＥＭＰ．（Ｈ） higher than 101°C
17317042
16-2
Special equipment
○ Compressor overheat ○ Check the compressor oil level and

ＣＯＭＰ．ＡＩＲ ○ Discharge air temperature is higher than quality
ＴＥＭＰ．（Ｈ） 110°C
17317043
○ Hydraulic oil temperature is lower than ○ Heating the hydraulic oil

ＨＹＤ．ＯＩＬ 25°C
ＴＥＭＰ．（Ｌ）
17317044
○ Hydraulic oil temperature is higher than ○ Oil cooler fin is stuffed

ＨＹＤ．ＯＩＬ 85°C ○ Check the fan motor
ＴＥＭＰ．（Ｈ）
17317045
○ Hydraulic oil level drop ○ Oil leak check

ＨＹＤ．ＯＩＬ ○ Supply hydraulic oil
ＬＥＶＥＬ
17317046
○ Engine oil pressure drop ○ Check engine oil level and quality
ＥＮＧ．ＯＩＬ ○ Check the sensor
ＰＲＥＳＳ．
17317047
○ Air cleaner is stuffed ○ Clean or replace air cleaner element

ＡＩＲ ○ Check the sensor
ＣＬＥＡＮＥＲ
17317048
○ Compressor oil filter is stuffed ○ Replace the compressor oil filter

ＣＯＭＰ．ＯＩＬ
ＦＩＬＴＥＲ
17317049
○ Hydraulic oil filter is stuffed ○ Replace the hydraulic oil filter

ＨＹＤ．ＯＩＬ
ＦＩＬＴＥＲ
17317050
○ PC I/O unit is defective ○ Check No. 0 unit

I / O ＵＮＩＴ　０
ＥＲＲＯＲ < Contact the service shop >
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．００
17317051

I / O ＵＮＩＴ　１
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．０１
17317052

I / O ＵＮＩＴ　２
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．０２
17317053

I / O ＵＮＩＴ　３
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．０３
17317054
16-3
Special equipment

I / O ＵＮＩＴ　４
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．０４
17317055

I / O ＵＮＩＴ　５
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．０５
17317056

I / O ＵＮＩＴ　６
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．０６
17317057

I / O ＵＮＩＴ　７
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．０７
17317058
○ Insertion failure of PC I/O unit ○ Reset PC unit No.

I / O ＶＥＲＩＦＩ－
ＣＡＴＩＯＮ ○ Rearrange PC units
ＥＲＲＯＲ
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．０８
< Contact the service shop >
17317059
○ Arm swing IN failure ○ Adjust the proximity switch position

ＡＲＭＳＷＩＮＧ ○ Check the solenoid valve
ＩＮ　ＥＲＲＯＲ
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．１２
17317060
○ Arm swing OUT failure ○ Adjust the proximity switch position

ＡＲＭＳＷＩＮＧ ○ Check the solenoid valve
ＯＵＴ　ＥＲＲＯＲ
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．１３
17317061
○ Rotator swing OUT failure ○ Check the proximity switch

ＲＯＴＡＴＯＲ
ＳＷＩＮＧ　ＯＵＴ ○ Adjust the proximity switch position
ＥＲＲＯＲ ○ Check the solenoid valve
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．１５
17317062
○ Magazine feed failure ○ Adjust the proximity switch position

ＭＡＧＡＺＩＮＥ ○ Check the solenoid valve
ＦＥＥＤ　ＥＲＲＯＲ
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．１６
17317063
○ Remote control box failure ○ Check the remote control box

ＲＥＭＯＴＥ
ＣＯＮＴＲＯＬＢＯＸ ○ Check the connector and wiring
ＥＲＲＯＲ
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．２７
17317069
○ Blow flow switch failure ○ Check the blow flow switch

ＦＬＯＷ　ＳＷＩＴＣＨ ○ Check connector and wiring
＊
ＥＲＲＯＲ
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．２８
17317070
○ Blow pressure switch failure ○ Check the blow pressure switch

ＰＲＥＳＳＵＲＥ
ＳＷＩＴＣＨ ○ Check the connector and wiring
ＥＲＲＯＲ
　　　　　　Ｎｏ．２９
17317071
16-4
Special equipment
5 IMS Ⅱ
IMSⅡdisplays the information on periodical check and maintenance.
★ When it touches the [MAINTENANCE END] display of the touch panel for about two seconds, the
maintenance display is turned off.
The following table shows the indications on the information display.
○ Engine working time 50H ○ Carry out 50H check

ＭＡＩＮＴＥＮＡＮＣＥ
ＩＮＩＴＩＡＬ５０Ｈ
MAINTENAＮCE END
17317076

ＩＮＩＴＩＡＬ２５０Ｈ
MAINTENAＮCE END
17317077

ＩＮＩＴＩＡＬ５００Ｈ
MAINTENAＮCE END
17317078

ＩＮＩＴＩＡＬ１０００Ｈ
MAINTENAＮCE END
17317079

ＩＮＩＴＩＡＬ２０００Ｈ
MAINTENAＮCE END
17317080
16-5
Special equipment
16.2 Rear View Surveillance Camera Operation(If Equipped)
WARNING
A fire could start.
If the following occur, place the machine in a safe area and stop the engine.
After no smoke is found, contact the distributor for inspection.
• When no image is shown on monitor or smoke or abnormal sound is heard.
• When foreign matter or water enters monitor.
Do not travel the machine, only checking the monitor display.

In poor vision area place a guide and check that no person or obstacle is in the
traveling direction.
CAUTION
If front glass of camera is dirty, image can not be seen clearly.
Wipe off dirt if necessary.
NOTICE
Camera could be damaged.
If high pressure water is used to clean the machine, avoid splashing the water over the
camera and protect it.
The rear view surveillance camera is used as a back up device for the undermirror on the machine to
help the operator check the poor vision such as dead angle and to ensure safety.
16-6
Special equipment
Rear View Surveillance Camera Operation

The rear view surveillance camera consists of the camera (1), on the upper side of the rear cover at
the rear of the m chine, and the monitor (2), inside the cabin.
The rear view image is shown on the monitor display as the starter switch key is turned to the R
(Run) position.
17317027
17317028
16-7
Special equipment
Descriptions of Each Part of Monitor
WARNING
Avoid operating the switch during the travel of the machine. If not, the machine may
malfunction.
Adjustment of monitor must be made before the machine starts to travel or when the
machine is stopped.
NOTICE
Distance mark on the monitor display is used as reference.
Monitor display may not show the actual distance.
For detailed of the monitor, refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual of Clarion
CJ-981A-01 6.5 LCD Color Monitor.
FUNC／POWER ／[CAM1/DIM]
MODE ／ZOOM
▽／SELECT △／IRIS
1. POWER indicator
if the FUNC button is held depressed for about 1 second, power is turned ON.
Light turns off when the power is turned ON, and illuminates when power is turned OFF .When unit is
turned OFF, it enters the standby mode.
16-8
Special equipment
2. FUNC button
When power is OFF, pressing this button will turn power ON.
When power is ON, pressing this button will switch unit alternately between "CAM", "VTR", and
"RGB" modes. if the button is held depressed for about 1 second, power is turned OFF.
CAM VTR RGB
3. MODE button
In "CAM" mode, pressing this button causes the setting menu screen to change(screen size is fix at
WIDE1).
CAM: displays image from camera
MARKER: displays setting menu for scale markers
CAM TYPE: displays camera type setting menu
MARKER SELECT: displays marker pattern setting menu
MARKER ADJUST: displays marker display position setting menu
TIMER: display timer operation menu
Camera switching setting
CAM1 AUTO:CAMERA1 image linked setting
CAM3 HAZRD:CAMERA2 hazard linked setting
CAM3 HAZRD:CAMERA3 hazard linked setting
★ During display of images from CAMERA2 or CAMERA3,the"MARKER","MARKER SELECT", and

"MARKER ADJUST" setting menus do not appear.
16-9
Special equipment
4. MODE button
During "VTR" mode, pressing this button causes the screen to change in the following order.
NORMAL WIDE FULL WIDE CINEMA1 CINEMA2
5. △／▽button
In the setting menu, use to change adjustment levels.
6. ／ button
In the setting menu, use to move to different menu selections or charge adjustment levels.
7. IRIS button
During the "CAM" mode, pressing this button causes the camera to alterate between backlight
compensation ON and OFF.
8. SELECT button
During the "CAM" mode, pressing this button causes the screen mode to change in the following
order:CAMERA1→CAMERA2→CAMERA3→CAMERA1.
CAM1 CAM2 CAM3
9. CAM1/DIM button
Switches to image from CAMERA1 input.
When showing normal image, holding the button depressed for about 1 second switching dimmer
between Light/Dark setting.
10. ZOOM button

During the "CAM" mode, pressing this button causes the camera to alterate between camera zoom
ON and OFF.
16-10
Special equipment
16.3 Electric Angle Indicator (If Equipped)

This system has been developed to be able to set the drilling angle at the operating position when the
machine does drilling.
In order to detect the tilting of the guide shell, two angle sensors are mounted to the guide mounting
or boom head to detect the guide tilt angle and guide swing angle respectively.
These signal data are processed by a microcomputer and digitally displayed on the display.
17208004
Tilt Angle Ajustment

1. Move drifter to the central position of the guide shell.
★ For the machine with the guide rotary, make guide
shell swing counterclockwise fully.
17208007
2. Using bubble angle meter, set the guide shell so that tilt
Tilt angle: 55°
angle is 55° and swing angle is 0° respectively.
55°
Swing angle: 0°
16-11 17208008
Special equipment
3. Using precision screwdriver, turn adjust-trimmer (VR1)

(1) so that tilt angle indication is 55°.
1
55.0
17208009
4. Set guide shell in a vertical position, while swing angle is

Swing angle: 0°
0°, and set the tilt angle to 90°, using bubble angle meter.
Tilt angle: 90°
17208007
5. Check that tilt angle indication is +90°.

If it is not +90°, adjust adjust-trimmer (VR2).
★ For adjustment of adjust-trimmer (VR2), refer to the
control unit adjustment.
90.0
17208009
16-12
Special equipment
Swing Angle Ajustment

1. Using bubble angle meter, set the guide shell so that
swing angle is 0°. Swing angle: 0°
2. Check indication of two-dimensional angle meter, set the

guide shell so that tilt angle is 90°.
Tilt angle: 90°
17208007
3. Using precision screwdriver, turn adjust-trimmer (VR1)
(1) so that swing angle indication is 0°.
4. Using bubble angle meter, set the guide shell so that Swing angle: 60°
swing angle is 60°.
17208010
5. Check that swing angle indication is +60°.

If it is not +60°, adjust adjust-trimmer (VR2).
★ For adjustment of adjust-trimmer (VR2), refer to the

control unit adjustment.
60.0
17208009
16-13
Hydraulic Crawler Drill
HCR1200-EDⅡ
Operation & Maintenance Manual
Printed Matter No.: HCR1200-EDⅡ-F403E
Date of Issue: Sep. 2012
5-3, 1-chome, Nihonbashi, Chuo-ku,

Tokyo, 103-0027, Japan
Phone: 81-3-3231-6982
Fax: 81-3-3231-6994
HD712Ⅱ-F102E
HYDRAULIC DRIFTER
Maintenance Manual
WARNING
Even though this manual includes instructions for
maintenance and adjusting of drifter, always consult
Model:
Serial Number:
Year of Manufacture:
CE Mark:
0-1
Name of the distributor, authorized agent and service agent

Tokyo, 103-0027, Japan.
Phone: 81-3-3231-6982
Fax: 81-3-3231-6994
0-2
Foreword
This instruction manual describes the correct handling, inspections, maintenance, and adjustment of
HD712 Hydraulic drifter, as required in routine work.
We recommend that everybody, even those who already know the drifter handling well, should read
this manual carefully before using the drifter, in order to optimize its use.
The specification values and numerical values in this manual are described in Le Système
International d’Unités (SI Units); the units commonly use with SI Units and the units available to use
with SI Units.
As the specifications, contents and illustrations in this manual are based on information available
when this manual was prepared; they might be slightly different from the actual product you have
purchased because of specification changes or other alternation.
If you have any questions or comments about the handling and maintenance of the drifter, please
contact your nearest distributor.
WARNING
Incorrect operation, or inspection or maintenance may cause serious danger.
If the drifter is used carelessly, an accident may cause serious injury or death.
z The drifter consists of sensitive hydraulic devices. In maintenance and inspections

of the drifter, even though instructions for maintenance are included in this
manual, always consult your nearest distributor.
z The person in charge of operating or managing the crawler drill where the drifter is
mounted should keep this manual close to the crawler drill and read repeatedly
until fully understood.
z If this manual is lost, damaged or another needed, please place an order for it at
z If the crawler drill where the drifter is mounted is transferred to the next owner,
please always attach this manual with the crawler drill.
z Since the product has been improved constantly, this manual may not cover the
entire drifter. Please contact the distributor.
z Use this manual according to the regulations and provisions of the country where
the customer uses the crawler drill.
0-3
Safety Information
Most accidents result from not making safety checks, the rules not being followed, warnings being
ignored, or advance checking or maintenance not being performed.
These accidents can be avoided by assessing the high-risk conditions beforehand and taking
maximum care.
Before checking, maintenance, or adjustment of the drifter, read the Safety signs and messages and
operation procedures in this manual carefully and only proceed after understanding fully.
Safety signs and messages are classified as follows so that the users can understand the warnings
on the machine or in this manual.
DANGER
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death
or serious injury.
This signal word is to be limited to the most extreme situations.
WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death
or serious injury.
CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor
or moderate injury.
It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.
NOTICE
Signs used to indicate a statement of company policy directly or indirectly related to
the safety of personnel or protection of property.
DANGER or WARNING should not be considered for property damage accidents unless personal
injury risk appropriate to these levels is also involved.
★ CAUTION (and NOTICE) is permitted for property-damage-only accidents.
We can't totally anticipate in detail where and what dangers exists.

The safety signs and messages include “prevention measures which should be taken to avoid
danger”.
0-4
Safety Information
When operating the machine and performing checks and maintenance, which are not specified in this
manual, please consider the “safety measures for working” in accordance with your responsibility.
0-5
Serial Numbers
Drifter Serial Number

For inquiries about the drifter or ordering its parts, inform us Drifter Model and Serial Number.
Serial number (1) is stamped on the upper part of the cylinder.

1
17313027
Accumulator Management Nameplate

The nameplate for managing the accumulator is affixed beside the low-pressure and high-pressure
accumulators.
1. Model Name
The model Name is described.
2. Delivery Month
The delivery “Month” of the crawler drill (drifter) is carved.
The meaning of the carved figure is as follows: 2 3
1 4
January - 1
February - 2
|
HD712
1 0 0 A0 1
September - 9 038L 0-80°C
October - X
November - Y
December - Z 5 6
17213007
3. Delivery Year
The delivery “Year” of the crawler drill (drifter) is carved.
The last two figures in the year indicated are carved.
0-6
Serial Numbers
4. Manufacturing Serial No.

The manufacturing serial Number of the accumulator is carved
from A01. This Number is also carved on the top of the
accumulator cover.
The carved characters are start from A and when they reach
A01
A99, the prefix is changed to B and then C.
4
5. Accumulator Capacity
It shows the accumulator capacity. 17313046
The capacity of the accumulator mounted on HD712 is 0.38L

for both high pressure and low pressure.
6. Temperature Range
It shows the temperature range for the use of the accumulator.
0-7
Safety Signs
WARNING
Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your drifter safety signs.
Keep safety signs in good condition. Replace damaged or discolored safety signs.
On the safety signs affixed on the drifter there are described the precautions and handling
methods needed to prevent accident caused by malfunction in inspections and maintenance.
Inspect and maintain as directed by the safety signs as well as by this instruction manual.
★ For the part numbers of the safety signs, English safety sign numbers are indicated.
Order the safety signs at your nearest distributor.
1. 090200-04856
17313023
2. 090200-04860
2
17313024
2
17313025
0-8
Contents
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 0-1

Foreword ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 0-3
Safety Information ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 0-4
Serial Numbers ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 0-6
Safety Signs ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 0-8
Contents ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 0-9
1. General Safety Instructions ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-1
2. Major Component Parts ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-1
3. Engagement of Nitrogen Gas･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-1-1

3.1 Charging Nitrogen Gas ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-1-1
3.2 Replace Diaphragm････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-2-1
4. Inspection and Maintenance ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-1

4.1 Daily Inspection ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-1-1
4.2 Maintenance as Required ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-2-1
4.3 Periodic Maintenance ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-3-1
4.3.1 Periodic Maintenance / 50 Hours ･･････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-3-1
4.3.2 Periodic Maintenance / 150 Hours ･････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-3-5
4.3.3 Periodic Maintenance / 300 Hours ･････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-3-7
4.3.4 Periodic Maintenance / 600 Hours ････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-3-13
4.4 Troubleshooting ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-4-1
5. Stroke Adjustment ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-1
6. Overhaul ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-1

6.1 Maintenance Standard ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-1-1
7. Drifter Removal and Installation･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-1
0-9
1. General Safety Instructions
WARNING
If any irregularity is found when drilling, perform inspections and maintenance for the
drifter. If the cause can't be identified or the irregularity occurs repeatedly, ask your
nearest distributor for inspection.
NOTICE
Read the indication on the crawler drill hour meter and check if it is time for inspection
and maintenance.
Observe Safety Signs

The safety signs on the drifter are important. When inspection and maintenance is performed comply
with the precautions on the safety signs.
Inspection and Maintenance Posture

Stop the crawler drill on a solid and level plane such as the service shop floor and prepare the
operation equipment. Apply the stopper to the track shoes.
Pull up the safety lock lever to set it to LOCK.
Hang a “DO NOT OPERATE” or similar warning tag on the drive control box to warn others not to
start or operate the crawler drill.
Safe Maintenance
They should be given safety education and the work procedures should be discussed in advance,
before the work is started.
Perform inspections and maintenance with the engine stopped. Do not open the engine cover and
top cover until the engine is completely stopped.
Two or more workers should always be present and one of them should direct and secure the
workers' safety.
Decide on the signals between workers and the supervisor who directs and supervises the work,
and maintain good communication during the work.
When inspections, maintenance, or adjustment are performed with the drifter is activated, always
be ready to stop the drifter.
When using the crawler drill with the emergency stop system, check on how to activate it and its
installation position.
1-1
General Safety Instructions
Wear Protectors
Wear necessary protectors according to the work during inspection and maintenance of the drifter.
z Wear the right sized working clothes so that they're not snagged or caught in the operation lever
or projecting sections. As oily clothing catches fire, never wear it.
z When working, wear protective gear such as helmet, protective goggles, earplugs, and dust-proof
mask and safety shoes.
z Depending on the nature of the work, wear proper protectors, such as protective gloves and
safety belt.
Clean the Drifter

Before inspecting and maintenance, clean the drifter. It is not only the more easily to find what needs
attention, but also to prevent soil or dusts from entering the drifter when oil hose and fittings are
removed. Clean the drifter when it is dismounted from the carriage or before inspecting and
maintenance.
Hang “WARNING Tags”

During inspecting and maintenance, hang “WARNING Tags” on the drive control box and tell workers
not to start the engine or operate the lever.
Prepare a Clear Space

The drifter is a precise hydraulic unit. Perform inspections and maintenance, or disassembling and
assembling, with the drifter dismounted from the carriage, in as clean and dust-free a place as
possible, such as a service shop.
Beware of Inside Pressure

z The hydraulic circuit is always pressurized. If the oil hose connected to the drifter is loosened
without releasing the inside pressure, the compressed oil might burst out. Open the handle on the
top of the hydraulic tank to release the pressure from the hydraulic tank.
z When the air hose connected to the drifter is disconnected, wait for 5 minutes or more after the
crawler drill compressor is stopped and make sure that the air in the receiver tank has been bled
completely.
Beware of Hot Temperatures

After drilling or immediately after the engine is stopped, the temperature of the drifter is high.
If the drifter is touched carelessly, it might cause burn or other accident.
z Avoid touching not only the drifter body, but also shank rod, withdrawn rod or bit.
z Only make inspections and maintenance of the drifter after ensuring that the temperature of each
section is at normal temperature.
1-2
Beware of Fire
Take the greatest care not to cause any fire.
z When handling anything flammable, do not allow bare flame or burning cigarette close.
z For washing parts, use incombustible washing oil.
z Use explosion-proof type lighting.
z Prepare fire-extinguishing equipment such as fire extinguisher.
Charge Nitrogen Gas into the Accumulator

High-pressure nitrogen gas is charged in the accumulator on the drifter.
z If any other gas than nitrogen gas is charged in the accumulator, an explosion might be caused.
Always and only charge nitrogen gas in the accumulator.
z Do not hammer the accumulator cover or loosen the cover without bleeding the nitrogen gas,
otherwise the accumulator cover might be blown off.
z After having charged nitrogen gas in the accumulator or pressure test is performed, spray
detection fluid, from a gas leakage detection spray can, to make sure that nitrogen gas is not
leaking. If a gas leakage detection spray can is not available, use soapy water to check for gas
leakage.
NOTICE
For charging nitrogen gas in the accumulator, ask your nearest distributor.
Don’t Drop Tools or Parts

Do not carry any tool or part unnecessary for the work, so that such a tools or parts are not dropped.
Use Clean Oil and Grease

The drifter consists of sensitive hydraulic devices. Use clean oil and grease. Also use a clean
container to prevent the entry of soil and dust.

No irregularity caused by unapproved components is covered by warranty. When a component is
changed, use only “Furukawa Genuine Parts” as listed on the parts list.
Seal Replacement
When performing checks and maintenance in sections where seals are used, such as O-rings and
packing, clean the attachment surface and insert new seal. Do not reuse seals such as O-rings or
packing, otherwise they might cause breakdown or malfunction.
1-3
Remove Rust-Prevention Agent

When any new part is assembled, wipe the rust-prevention agent from the processed surface of the
drifter.
Disposal of Wastes
Illegal disposal of wastes is environmentally destructive. Comply with applicable regulations and rules
for disposal of waste.
z Always collect waste fluids in a container: do not pour it away on the ground.
z Do not pour waste fluids such as engine or hydraulic oil into a river or sewage system.
z Do not carelessly burn or throw away oily or greasy rags.
z Illegal disposal of wastes is environmentally destructive. Comply with applicable regulations and
rules for disposal of waste.
1-4
2. Major Component Parts
4
2 3
17713006
5
8 9
7
6 11 12
10 17713006
1. Shank Rod 10. Front Cylinder

2. Extraction Assembly ※ 11. High-pressure Accumulator
3. Stroke Adjuster 12. Back Head
4. Low-pressure Accumulator
5. Cylinder
6. Front Cap
7. Front Cover
8. Front Head
9. Orbit Motor
※: Only for drifters with reverse percussion mechanism.
2-1
3. Engagement of Nitrogen Gas
3.1 Charging Nitrogen Gas
DANGER
Incorrect charging or regulating nitrogen gas may cause serious accident resulting in
injury or death. Follow the instructions when nitrogen gas is charged or its pressure
regulated.
NOTICE
For charging and regulating nitrogen gas, ask your nearest distributor.
If the pressure of nitrogen gas charged in the accumulator is lowered, it not only lowers the drifter's
impacting power, but also causes such irregularities as abnormal vibration in the drifter oil hose.
Charge and regulate nitrogen gas when the diaphragm has been checked or replaced when the
nitrogen gas pressure is lower than the specified charging pressure.
Periodically inspect the pressure of nitrogen gas and regulate it to the specified charging pressure
according to the open-air temperature.
★ For the charging pressure of nitrogen gas that has to be charged in the accumulator, refer to the
next “Specified Charging Pressure”.
★ When nitrogen gas is charged in or discharged from the accumulator, exclusive charge gas and
pressure inspection devices are required.
Take care of the following when charging and regulating pressure of nitrogen gas.
High-pressure nitrogen gas is charged in the nitrogen gas cylinder. The gas cylinder might burst if
exposed to naked flame or impact.
Take the greatest care not to bring naked flame close to it or give it any impact.
Only perform charging and regulating nitrogen gas when the accumulator body is at normal
temperature, otherwise high-pressure gas might burst out.
Wear protective goggles when charging or regulating nitrogen gas.
Do not loosen the valve more than one turn, otherwise, the accumulator valve might spring out.
When nitrogen gas is directly charged from the nitrogen gas cylinder, it might cause damage to
the diaphragm. Charge nitrogen gas using the three-way valve.
3-1-1
Charging Nitrogen Gas
Specified Charging Pressure

Adjust the nitrogen gas to be charged into the drifter accumulators to the specified charging pressure
conforming to the temperature at the place of charging. For the relationship between the open-air
temperature and the charged gas pressure, refer to the following table.
High Pressure Accumulator

7.0
6.0
Charging Pressure (MPa)
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
Low Pressure Accumulator
0
-10 0 10 20 30 40
Atmospheric Temperature (°C) 17313048
3-1-2
Charging Nitrogen Gas
Gas Charge and Pressure Inspection Device

When nitrogen gas is charged in or discharged from the accumulator, the exclusive charge gas and
pressure inspection devices are required.
① Three Way Valve

② Adapter
4
③ Pressure Gauge
2
④ O-Ring
3 5 ⑤ O-Ring
6 ⑥ Nitrogen Gas Cylinder
⑦ Charging Hose
17313001
№ Part name Part No. Q'ty Remarks
① Three Way Valve HB20G-92104 1
② Adapter 007320-90030 1
Pressure Gauge(H) 269141-02150 1 Resist Pressure １５ＭＰａ

③
Pressure Gauge(L) 269141-02015 1 Resist Pressure １．５ＭＰａ
④ O-Ring 160011-00006 1 １ＡＰ６
⑤ O-Ring 160011-00014 1 １ＡＰ１４
HB20G-92105 1 Capacity：２Ｌ
⑥ Nitrogen Gas Cylinder
001900-92101 1 Capacity：１０Ｌ
⑦ Charging Hose 007010-70029 1
3-1-3
Replace Diaphragm
3.2 Replace Diaphragm
DANGER
When the accumulator is carelessly removed or disassembled, it might cause accident
resulting in injury or death.
Comply with the following instructions when the diaphragm is replaced.
NOTICE
For replacement of diaphragm, ask your nearest distributor.
If the nitrogen gas pressure falls quickly even when nitrogen gas charged in the accumulator has
been adjusted to the specified charging pressure, check the diaphragm.
When the drifter is overhauled, disassemble and check the high and low pressure accumulators and
replace the diaphragm.
★ When disassembling and assembling the accumulator, exclusive tools are required.
Take note of the following when diaphragm is replaced.

When the accumulator is removed from the drifter, completely release the nitrogen gas in the
accumulator and make sure that the pressure turns to zero (atmospheric pressure), otherwise
high-pressure gas might burst out.
When nitrogen gas is released, wear protective goggles.
Release nitrogen gas using the three-way valve.
High-pressure nitrogen gas is charged in the accumulator. It is prohibited to modify the
accumulator wrongly (welding, cutting or polishing) without the permission of the maker.
Do not loosen the valve more than one turn; otherwise the accumulator valve might burst out.
3-2-1
Replace Diaphragm
Exclusive Tools
When disassembling and assembling the accumulator, exclusive tools are required.
① Accumulator Holder
② Impacting Bar
1 17313069
3-2-2
4. Inspection and Maintenance
CAUTION
The drifter consists of precise hydraulic devices. Careless disassembling or
adjustment might not only degrade the drifter's performance, but even breakdown or
other irregularity.
When drifter maintenance is required, ask your nearest distributor for inspection and
maintenance.
During inspections and maintenance, move the crawler drill to a clean place with as little dust as
possible, such as a service factory.
The drifter contains component parts in small quantities and it can easily be disassembled and
reassembled.
However, since the drifter is a precise hydraulic device, you are requested to be familiar with the
handling of the accumulators and impacting mechanism through the lessons for maintenance or the
guidance by an expert service engineer.
4-1
Daily Inspection
4.1 Daily Inspection
WARNING
If any irregularity is found in the inspection before start, only continue after correction
or replacement.
The drifter is operated under severe conditions. At first, although an irregularity is slight, if left it might
develop into trouble enough to cause drifter breakdown or damage.
Inspect the drifter not only at the daily start-up before, but also before a drilling operation.
Check Item Check Points
Damage in appearance Check there is no excessive damage, deformation or deterioration in

the drifter, and that there is no oil leakage on the hose metal fitting.
If any damage, deformation or deterioration is found, replace by new
part.
If oil leakage is found, fasten the metal fitting or replace the seal.
Check against excessive damage, deformation or crack on the
drifter body.
Check there is no crack or deterioration in the hose.
Check there is no oil leakage at the connecting section of the
hose metal fitting and the drifter.
Check there is no deformation or wears on the shank rod or
screw section on the shank rod.
★ For tightening of bolt and fitting, refer to 4.3.3 “Periodic

Maintenance / 300 Hours”.
★ For replacing the seal, refer to 4.3 “Periodic Maintenance”.
Check for Loose Bolts Inspect there are no loose bolts or hose fittings, using a test
and Hose Fittings hammer.
If there are any, tighten at the specified torque.
★ For tightening of bolt and fitting, refer to 4.3.3 “Periodic

4-1-1
Daily Inspection
Check Item Check Points
Lubrication Check Check that the hydraulic oil drops onto the site dome on the
lubricator with the engine operating.
When drilling with the mode selector switch set to “N”, if about 60
droplets per minute of hydraulic oil drop on the site dome of the
lubricator, it is normal. During drilling with the mode selector switch
set to “H”, adjust it to about 80 – 100 droplets per minute.
Check that the exhaust air containing oil mist blows out from the
drifter's front section (1) and the exhaust ports (2), (3), (4) and (5)
when the flushing air is discharged from the front end of the drifter.
★ The exhaust ports (3), (4) are installed only on the machines
with reverse percussion.
1
17713006
2 3 4 5
4-1-2
Maintenance as Required
4.2 Maintenance as Required
CAUTION
If any irregularity is found during drilling, stop work and evacuate the workers to
safety. Report it to the supervisor and do not restart drilling until check and
maintenance are completed.
Always inspect the performance of the drifter not only before and after drilling, but also during drilling,
for optimum use.
If any irregularity is found during drilling, move the crawler drill to a clean place with as little dust as
possible, such as a service shop, to perform inspections and maintenance.
Air Leakage from Exhaust Port

If the flushing air leaks, sludge discharge is reduced and blockage will occur in bit and rod during
drilling: jamming might be caused.
If a greatly increased quantity of air leaks from the lubrication air exhaust port, or from the gap
between shank rod (1) and front bush, stop drilling.
Stop the engine and remove the front cap (2). Then check the seals around the swivel body.
After checking, if any wear or damage is found in the seal, replace it by a new one.
★ For checking the seals, refer to 5.3.2 “Periodic Maintenance / 150 Hours”.
2
1
17313033
4-2-1
Oil Leak from Joint Surface of Cylinder and Back Head

If oil leaks from the joint surface of the cylinder (1) and back head (2) during drilling, stop drilling and
stop the engine.
Lower the drifter from the carriage and disassemble it to check the seals.
Check the seals held by the seal retainer (R). After check, if any wear or damage is found, replace it
by a new one.
1
17313034
Oil Leak from Joint Surface of Cylinder and Accumulator

If oil leaks on the joint surface of the cylinder and accumulators (1) during drilling, stop drilling and
stop the engine.
Remove the accumulator (1) from the drifter and check the O-ring on the accumulator-mounting
surface. If any wear or damage is found in the O-ring, replace it by new one.
1
17313035
1
17313049
4-2-2
Oil Leak from Drifter Joint Surface

During drilling, exhaust air containing oil mist may blow out from the exhaust ports on the front cover
and front cap or from the gap between the shank rod and front bush. If oil leaks are found on the
drifter's joint surface, other than from the exhaust ports or from the mounting surface of the cylinder
or back head or accumulators look for the following causes.
Damage Seal Retainer Seals

Press the impact switch on the control grip to activate only impact operation. If oil leakage is
confirmed, the seal held by the seal retainer (F) might be damaged.
Lower the drifter from the carriage and disassemble it.
Check the seals held by the seal retainer (F), piston, bush (F) and seal retainers (F) and (R).
If any wear or damage is found, replace it by a new one.
Damage Rotation Motor Shaft Seal

Press the rotation switch on the control grip to rotate the shank rod. If any oil leak is confirmed, the
rotation motor shaft seal might be damaged.
Stop the engine and remove the rotation motor from the drifter. Re-start the engine to rotate the
rotation motor without any load and check against any leakage on the shaft section. If found, replace
it with a new rotation motor.
Damage Dual Damper Seals

Press the impact and rotation switches on the control grip and check for any leakage on the drifter. If
oil leaks only when the impact and rotation are both operated, the seal around the dual damper might
be damaged.
Lower the drifter from the carriage and disassemble it.
Check the glide rings on the inside of the front cylinder and damping piston, and whether there is any
non-conformity such as wear or damage on the damping piston or pushing piston. If any irregularity
such as wear or damage is found, replace it by new one.
Damage Reverse Percussion Seals

Activate the reverse percussion alone, and check for oil leaks.
If leaking is found only when the reverse percussion is operated, it means that the seal around the
reverse percussion might be damaged.
Stop the engine and loosen the through bolt. Then remove the front cap and disassemble the unit.
Check whether either the glide ring attached on the front cap or the O-ring or glide ring attached on
the seal retainer are damaged, and that there is no other irregularity (such as wear or damage on the
seal retainer body or damping piston). If any wear or damage is found, replace it by new one.
4-2-3
4.3 Periodic Maintenance

Perform periodical inspections and maintenance of the drifter based on the indications of the hour
meter.
By performing earlier inspection and maintenance on the basis of the working conditions, breakdown
and irregularity can be prevented.
4.3.1 Periodic Maintenance / 50 Hours
Check Screws Looseness

Due to vibration in drilling, the fixing bolts and fixtures are tending to be loosened. If the machine is
used with missing or loose fixing bolts or fixtures, not only will the drifter performance be degraded,
but also such irregularities as abnormal wear on the shank rod or damage to the accumulator might
be caused.
NOTICE
If any irregularity such as wear, deformity, or damage is found in bolts or fixtures,
replace it by Furukawa’s genuine parts.
When a bolt or fixture is attached, remove rust and dust from the surface at
installation, then remove oil with non-flammable solvent, and tighten the new bolt or
fixture.
Remove soil and dust from the bolts and fixtures on the drifter and clean them.
Check for any bolts missing, or looseness or damage to bolts or fixtures, using a test hammer.
If any is found, tighten the bolt or fixture at the specified tightening torque.
★ For tightening the torque for bolts or fixtures, refer to 4.3.3 “Periodic Maintenance / 300 Hours”.
4-3-1
Check Front Head
WARNING
Oil is flammable. Drain the oil into a container and, if spilled, carefully wipe off.
CAUTION
Perform inspection and maintenance before starting the engine and when the drifter is
at normal temperature.
If there is any metal piece or foreign matter, overhaul the front section because the
inside of the front head might be damaged.
1. Lower the guide shell to be horizontal to the ground.
2. Stop the engine.
3. Loosen the through bolt (1) and remove the front cap (2) to
2 1
maintain and inspect inside the front head.
★ For drifters with the reverse percussion mechanism, disconnect the oil hose from the
extraction assembly and remove the extraction assembly.
1
CX13001
4-3-2
Check Removal Parts
1 3 7
4 6
17713015
5
1 3 7
4 17713016
5 6
2
1. Remove the front cap (1) and proceed with inspection and maintenance of the front head.
★ For drifters with the reverse percussion mechanism, disconnect the oil hose from the
extraction assembly (2) and remove the extraction assembly (2).
2. Pull out the thrust washer (3).
3. Pull out the shank rod (4).
4. Touch inside the extraction assembly (2) with fingers and check for any galling or damage on the
sliding surface.
5. Pull out the chuck (5) inserted in the front head and check if there is any galling or damage on the
sliding surface of the chuck (5).
6. Check inside the drifter for any galling or damage on the sliding surface of the chuck driver bush
(6) or damage or deformity on the impact surface of the piston (7).
4-3-3
Assembling Parts
NOTICE
Clean each removed part with clean hydraulic oil, then reassemble.
After checking the front head interior, assembly removed parts after cleaning them with clean
hydraulic oil.
1. Apply clean grease to the chuck spline section and insert it into the front head.
2. Apply clean grease to the shank rod screw section and insert it into the chuck.
3. Install the extraction assembly on the drifter through the shank rod.
4. Install the thrust washer on the extraction assembly through the shank rod.
5. Install the front cap through the shank rod.
6. Apply “Never Seize” on the through bolt screw section and fasten the screws in turn at the
specified tightening torque.
Tightening Torque: 680N•m
7. Connect the oil hose to the extraction assembly.
4-3-4

Perform the 50 hours maintenance at the same time.
Check Front Cap and Swivel Body
WARNING
Oil is flammable. If oil is spilled, carefully wipe it off.
CAUTION
Remove the front cap (3) before starting the engine and when the drifter is at normal
temperature, otherwise burn or other unexpected accident might occur.
If any metal piece or foreign matter is found, repair or replace the damaged part: and
overhaul the drifter, because the front head might be damaged inside.

2 1
2. Stop the engine.
maintain and inspect inside the front head.
★ For drifters with the reverse percussion mechanism,
disconnect the oil hose from the extraction assembly
and remove the extraction assembly. 1
CX13001
4. Center the swivel body (3) with the front cap (2), pull out
the swivel body (3) by hand and check for any 2
non-conformity such as seizing or galling on the sliding
surface of the front cap (2) and swivel body (3).
3
★ Do not forcibly pull out the swivel body (3).
NOTICE
When checking by finger touch, if the scratch is 17313032
such as to slightly catch the fingernail, correct it by
moving sandpaper of about #800 - 1200 along the
circle.
After correction, clean with clean hydraulic oil.
4-3-5
5. Touch the U-packing on the front cap (2) and swivel body
(3) and check for any irregularity such as galling or
deformity. If there's any irregularity such as galling or
deformation apply hydraulic oil on the new U-packing and
install it.
★ For replacing the U-packing, refer to 4.3.3 “Periodic
6. After the seal check, insert the swivel body (3) into the
front cap (3), taking care to center the front cap (2).
★ Do not forcibly insert the swivel body (3).
7. Install the front cap (2) through the shank rod.

2 1
Apply “Never Seize” to the screw section of the through
bolt (1) and insert the bolt. Then tighten the screws in turn
at the specified tightening torque.
1
CX13001
4-3-6

Perform the 50 hours and 150 hours maintenance at the same time.
Inspect and Charge Nitrogen Gas Pressure
NOTICE
If the impacting force is felt to be greatly lowered or the drifter oil hose heavily
vibrates, check the nitrogen gas pressure charged in the accumulator before the
specified time period.
For inspecting, charging, and regulating the pressure of nitrogen gas, ask your
nearest distributor.
If the nitrogen gas pressure charged in the accumulator becomes low, then not only will the drifter's
impact be lowered, but also such irregularities as the drifter oil hose's abnormal vibration will occur.
Charge and regulate nitrogen gas when the diaphragm has been checked or replaced or when the
nitrogen gas pressure is lower than specified charging pressure.
★ For charging the pressure of the nitrogen gas in the accumulator, refer to 3.1 “Charging Nitrogen
Gas”.
When a pressure inspection is performed, note the following instructions.

High-pressure nitrogen gas is charged in the accumulator.
Take the greatest care not to allow any naked flame close to it nor let it suffer any impact.
Perform charging and regulating for nitrogen gas when the accumulator body is at normal
temperature, otherwise the high-pressure gas might burst out.
When pressure testing, wear protective goggles.
Do not loosen the valve more than one turn; otherwise, the accumulator valve might spring out.
Use a three-way valve for inspecting nitrogen gas pressure.
4-3-7
Re-tightening Screws
NOTICE
If any irregularity such as wear, deformity, or damage is found in bolts or fixtures,
replace it by Furukawa’s genuine parts.
If the drifter is used with missing or loose fixing bolts or metal fixtures, not only will the drifter be
degraded, but such irregularities as abnormal wear on the shank rod or damage to the accumulator
might also be caused.
Check fixing bolts and fixtures periodically and tighten them at the specified torque.
1 30 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 31 9
17713017
10 11 12
No. Tightening Position Quantity Torque (N·m)
1 Bolt (＊) 2 680

30 Through Bolt (A) 2 680
2 Socket Bolt (＊) 2 200
3 1/8 GPF Plug (＊) 1 25
4 1/8 GPF Plug 2 25
5 3/8 GPF Plug 1 80
6 9 Male Connector 1 80
7 Nut 1 60
8 3/4 Elbow Connector (＊) 1 200
31 3/4 GPF Plug 1 200
9 3/4 Street Union Adapter 2 300
10 PF3/4 Connector (＊) 2 200
12 Street Adapter 1 150
＊: Only for the drifter with the reverse percussion mechanism.
4-3-8
16 17 18
14 15 19
13 20 21 22
17713017
23 24 25 26 27
28
17713017
No. Tightening Position Quantity Torque (N·m)
13 1/8 GPF Plug (＊) 2 25

14 1/4 GPF Plug (＊) 2 45
15 Set Bolt 4 280
16 Socket Bolt 4 95
17 Nut 4 95
18 19 Elbow Connector 2 150
19 22 Nut 4 370
20 Cap 2 60
21 20 Socket Bolt 8 280
22 Bolt 4 480
23 3/4 GPF Plug (＊) 1 200
24 Plug 2 80
26 3/4 GPF Plug 1 200
27 Plug 2 60
28 3/4 GPF Plug 1 200
＊: Only for the drifter with the reverse percussion mechanism.
4-3-9
Replace U-Packing
WARNING
Oil is flammable. If oil is spilled, carefully wipe it off.
CAUTION
Replace the U-packing before the engine start when the drifter is at the normal
temperature otherwise burnt or unexpected accident might be caused.
If metal piece or foreign matter is found, repair or replace the non-conformity part, or
overhaul the drifter, because inside of the front head might be damaged.
NOTICE
When the U-packing is applied, take care of the direction of the U-packing lip section,
otherwise oil leakage might be caused.
2. Stop the engine.
2 1
replace the U-packing.
1
CX13001
4. Center the swivel body (3) with the front cap (2) and pull
out the swivel body (3) at the same time. 2
★ Do not pull out the swivel body (3) forcibly.
CX13002
4-3-10
5. Remove two U-packing (4) from the front cap (2).

★ Discard removed U-packing (4). 2
CX13003
6. Remove two U-packing (5) from the swivel body (3).

★ Discard removed U-packing (5). 5
3
7. Check for any seizing or galling on the sliding surface of
5
the front cap (3) and swivel body (3).
NOTICE
When checking by finger touch, if the scratch is CX130004
such as to slightly catch the fingernail, correct it by
moving sandpaper of about #800 - 1200 along the
circle.
After correction, clean with clean hydraulic oil.
8. Fit new U-packing into the swivel body (3).

After check the direction of the U-packing and confirming
the snug fitting, apply hydraulic oil on the inside circle of
the swivel body.
3
NOTICE
When the packing is fitted into the groove, forms the
packing U shape with your forefinger so that there is CX13005
no bent section on the packing.

First fit the lower section into the groove and then
press the U-shaped section into the groove.
17313014
4-3-11
9. In the same way, fit new U-packing into the front cap (3) so
that there is no bent section on the packing.
After checking the direction of the U-packing and
confirming its snug fit, apply hydraulic oil on the inside
circle of the swivel body.
10. Insert the swivel body (3) into the front cap (2) taking care
of the centering with the front cap (2).
★ Do not insert the swivel body (3) forcibly.
11. Install the front cap (2) through the shank rod.
12. Apply “Never Seize” on the screw section on the through

2 1
bolt (1) and insert the bolt. Then, tighten the screws in turn
at the specified tightening torque.
1
CX13001
4-3-12
CAUTION
Ask your distributor to perform the inspection/repair every 600 hours.
Perform the 50 hours, 150 hours and 300 hour’s maintenance at the same time.
When your crawler drill has operated for 600 hours, remove the drifter from the carriage.
Then, replace the diaphragm of the accumulator and the glide rings, which are set on the damping
piston or the front cylinder, with new ones.
★ For removing/installing the drifter, refer to 7. “Drifter Removal and Installation”.
★ When you have disassembled the drifter, check the parts in the drifter for their worn condition as
referring to 6.1 “Maintenance Standard”.
If any part meets the standard of replacement or any seal is deteriorated, replace it with a new
one.
4-3-13
Troubleshooting
4.4 Troubleshooting
Breakdowns occur due to many causes.
Should a breakdown occur, check the cause in each item and take appropriate measures.
For the item with “◎” mark in the remedy column, ask your nearest distributor for check.
If there seems to be an irregularity or non-conformity except for the following items, ask also your
nearest distributor for check.
Impact oil hose vibrates { Lowered accumulator charged Charging nitrogen gas
abnormally. gas pressure
{ Damaged diaphragm Replace
Impacting mechanism of { High hydraulic oil temperature { Wait until the hydraulic oil
drifter does not function. temperature falls
{ Galling of piston and cylinder Replace
{ Galling of piston and bush (F) Replace
{ Galling of piston and seal Replace
retainer (R)
{ Galling of valve and cylinder Replace
{ Galling of valve and plug Replace
Impacting blows is not { Lowered accumulator charged Charged nitrogen gas to the
stable. gas pressure specified pressure
{ Galling of piston and cylinder Replace
{ Galling of piston and bush (F) Replace
{ Galling of piston and seal Replace
retainer (R)
{ Galling of valve and cylinder Replace
{ Galling of valve and plug Replace
Drifter Impacts, but its { The impact lever is set to { Set the impact lever to the
impacting force is weak collaring position regular drilling position
{ Impact pressure adjustment { Adjust the impact pressure
error
{ Damper pressure adjustment { Adjust the damper pressure
error
Shank rod does not rotate. { Adjustment error for number of { Adjust
Shank rod rotates, but rotations
torque is weak. { Wear on drive gear or spline { Replace
{ Wear or galling on chuck driver { Replace
gear
{ Wear on chuck spline { Replace
{ Breaking of shank rod { Replace
{ Breakdown of rotation motor Replace
4-4-1
5. Stroke Adjustment
WARNING
Do not pull out the stroke adjuster (1) from the end surface of the nut (2), otherwise
the stroke adjuster might spring out and high-pressure oil burst out.
The piston impact force and the blows of the drifter can be changed limitlessly by adjusting the piston
reciprocating motion stroke.
In the long stroke mode, the piston stroke becomes longer and the blows are reduced, but the impact
force becomes stronger. In the short stroke mode, the blows are greatest, but the impact force is
weakest.
The piston stroke can be adjusted by adjusting the depth of tightening of the stroke adjuster (1) on
the drifter cylinder.
When the machine is delivered from the factory, the stroke adjuster (1) is set to long stroke.
★ The stroke adjuster (1) is located on the side of the lower pressure accumulator.
Adjust the stroke adjuster (1) after loosening the nut (2).
When the stroke adjuster (1) is turned counterclockwise, it is
changed from long to short. 1
If the end surface of the stroke adjuster (1) is aligned with the
end surface of the nut (2), it gives a short stroke setting where
the piston stroke is at its shortest.
After adjusting the tightening degree of the stroke adjuster (1),
tighten the nut (2) at the specified torque.
Tightening Torque: 60 N•m 17313026
The piston stroke and the relation to tightening degree of the

stroke adjuster are as shown in the table below. 2
Piston Stroke Stroke Adjuster Tightening Degree
L Maximum tightening (tightening to the end) 1
ML 1/2 turn back from the maximum tightening
M 1 turn back from the maximum tightening 17313044
MS 2 turns back from the maximum tightening
S Minimum tightening
5-1
6. Overhaul
CAUTION
For drifter overhaul, ask your nearest distributor.
Overhaul the drifter one-year after the purchase or when the hour meter indicates 1000 hours,
whichever is the earlier, to safely use the drifter and make its life longer.
6-1
Maintenance Standard
6.1 Maintenance Standard

When overhauling the drifter, inspecting periodically or repairing the drifter, measure the size of
each part. If any part meets the standard of replacement, replace it with a new one.
Part Name／Part No. Inspection Size Change Standards
Shank Rod 【Recommend】

L＜12.3.
HD712-02501 HD712-02531 H＞0.7
HD712-02502 HD712-02532
HD712-02503 HD712-02533 H L (12.5) 【Wear Limit】
HD712-02504 HD712-02534 L＜12.2
HD712-02505 HD712-02535 H＞1
HD712-02506 HD712-02536
HD712-02511
HD712-02512
HD712-02513
Front Bush 【Recommend】

D＞φ51.7
HD712-02204
【Wear Limit】
φD (ø51)
D＞φ52
Thrust Washer 【Recommend】

H
L＜28.6 または
HD712-02103 H＞0.7
【Wear Limit】
L＜28 または
H＞1
L (30)
Chuck 【Recommend】
H 2 (20)
H 1 ＞16.5
HD712-02009 H 2 ＜16.5
【Wear Limit】
H 1 ＞18
H 2 ＜15
6-1-1
Chuck Driver 【Recommend】

L (47)
L＜46.3
HD712-02003 H 1 ＜66.5
H 2 ＞21.7
【Wear Limit】
H 2 (21)
L＜46
H 1 ＜66
H 2 ＞22
H1
Ｈ１：Base tangent length（No. of teeth 6）
Chuck Driver Bush 【Recommend】

L＜88.6
HD712-02025 H＞0.7
H
A
【Wear Limit】
L＜88
H＞1
L (90) When the section (A) has

a radial damage, replace
it.
Drive Gear 【Recommend】

H 1 ＜29.6
HD712-02007 S
S: Spｌine
Replace if teeth are
worn more than 1/4.
【Wear Limit】
H 1 ＜29
S: Spｌine
Replace if teeth are
H1 worn more than 1/3.
H 1 ：Base tangent length（No. of teeth 3）
Front Cylinder L (143)

【Recommend】
HD712-01524 L＞143.7
HD712-01501
HD712-01521 【Wear Limit】
L＞144
6-1-2
Damping Piston 【Recommend】

H L＜120.3
HD712-01527 H＞0.7
HD712-01504
【Wear Limit】
L＜120
H＞1
When there is a scratch

in the inner or outer
L (121)
diameter, replace it.
Pushing Piston 【Recommend】

H L＜149.3
HD712-01528 H＞0.7
HD712-01507
【Wear Limit】
L＜149
H＞1
L (150) When there is a scratch

in the inner or outer
diameter, replace it.
Thrust Washer (B) 【Recommend】

L1：HD712-02347
L1＜13.6
HD712-02347 L2：HD712-02307
L2＜23.6
HD712-02307
【Wear Limit】
L1＜13
L2＜23
L1 (15)
L2 (25)
Piston 【Recommend】
L＜19.3
HD712-01101
【Wear Limit】
φ36
L＜19
R2
L (20)
When the ball bearing

Ball Bearing
has play or is corroded,
280100-06211 replace it.
6-1-3
Plain Bearing (F) 【Recommend】

D1＞φ130.3
HD712-02102 D1＞φ130.5
Plain Bearing（RC）【Recommend】

D2＞φ108.3
D2＞φ108.5
Plain Bearing（RA）
φD
HD712-02002
Plain Bearing（RB）【Recommend】

D3＞φ75.3
D3＞φ75.5
Plain Bearing 【Recommend】

D4＞φ80.3
D4＞φ80.5
D1(130)：HD712-02104、HD712-02102
Plain Bearing（RP） D2(108)：HD712-02023、HD712-02002 【Recommend】
D3(75)：HD712-02004 D5＞φ70.3
D4(80)：HD712-02350
HD712-02348 D5＞φ70.5
D5(70)：HD712-02351、HD712-02348
Damping Piston（RP）【Recommend】

L1 (64)
L1＜63
HD712-02343 L2 (59)
L2＜58
HD712-02303
L1＜62.5
L2＜57.5
L1：HD712-02303、HD712-02343
L2：HD712-02333
6-1-4
Part Name Part No. Change Standards
95 Gride Ring HD712-01530 Replace it every 600 hours.

HD712-01523 If one of these parts is extremely deteriorated
HD712-01502 (for example, the seal surface is splintery or is
protruded partly), replace it.
100 Gride Ring 000500-150041

000500-150040
HD712-01503
67 Gride Ring HD712-01531

HD712-01526
HD712-01505
70 Gride Ring 000500-150071

000500-150070
HD712-01506
47 U Packing HD712-01003 Replace it every 1000 hours.

47 Dust Seal HD712-01004 If one of these parts is extremely deteriorated
39.5 U Packing HD712-01006 (for example, the seal surface is splintery or is
39.5 Dust Seal HD712-01007 protruded partly), replace it.
47 Step Seal HD712-01047 Replace it every 1000 hours.

47 Gride Ring HD712-01042 If one of these parts is extremely deteriorated
39.5 Step Seal HD712-01048 (for example, the seal surface is splintery or is
39.5 Gride Ring HD712-01045 protruded partly), replace it.
φ51 U Packing HD500-04009 Replace it every 300 hours.

φ80 U Packing HD500-04010 If this part is extremely deteriorated, replace it.
70 Gride Ring HD712-02306 Replace it every 600 hours.

80 Gride Ring HD712-02304 If one of these parts is extremely deteriorated
(for example, the seal surface is splintery or is
Seals in hydraulic unit Replace it every 1000 hours.

If one of these parts is extremely deteriorated
(for example, the seal surface is splintery or is
Diaphragm HD612-07006 Replace it every 600 hours

If this part is extremely deteriorated, replace it.
6-1-5
Part Name Part No. Change Standards
Charging Gas into the Inspection every 300 hours

Accumulator
High Pressure Accumulator：6.0MPa
Low Pressure Accumulator：0.3MPa
6-1-6
7. Drifter Removal and Installation
WARNING
An overseer is required for drifter removal and installation.
When the work is performed jointly, follow the instructions of the overseer, decide
specific signals and perform with good communication.
When the drifter is to be lifted take the greatest care so that the drifter is not suddenly
tilted or dropped, otherwise, it might cause a “catch” or “crush” accident.
CAUTION
When the drifter is removed, ask your nearest distributor for inspection and
maintenance.
When the drifter is to be removed or installed, move the crawler drill to a clean place with as little dust
as possible, such as a service shop. Apply the stopper to the track shoes.
When the components in the drifter are to be replaced or overhauled, remove the drifter and lower it
from the carriage.
Lift the drifter temporarily, using a nylon sling, which catches the drifter from front cap to back head,
and keep a good balance.
Use a nylon sling strong enough for the mass of the drifter to be lifted.
★ The mass of the drifter is about 300 kg.
17213006
7-1
Drifter Removal and Installation
Safety Precautions
The drifter is very hot straight after drilling.
Remove the drifter before the engine start when the temperature of the drifter is normal.
Clean the drifter to remove dirt and dust.
Oil is flammable. When the oil hose is removed, always prepare a container to receive the
drained oil and take the greatest care not to spill the oil.
If oil is spilled, wipe it off carefully.
Tighten the oil hose plug into the oil hose and the union cap into the fixtures in order not to let dirt
or dust inside the oil hose and fixtures.
When the oil hose is removed, mark it using a collared wire to avoid connection error.
Using a lifting machine such as a crane should lift the drifter.
When the drifter is mounted on the carriage, remove rust or dirt on the mounting surface on the
carriage and clean it completely.
Check after Drifter's Installation

When the drifter is fixed on the carriage temporarily, adjust its position so that the shank rod and
sleeve are centered. After checking centering of the shank rod and sleeve tighten the nuts, fixing the
drifter diagonally at the specified tightening torque.
Tightening Torque: 450 N•m
When the drifter installation is completed, activate the drifter and check if there is any excessive air
leakage on the lubrication air exhaust hole, and if there is any oil leakage on the drifter mounted
surface.
★ For air and oil leakage checks, refer to 4.2 “Maintenance as Required”.
7-2
Hydraulic Drifter
HD712Ⅱ
Maintenance Manual
Printed Matter No.: HD712Ⅱ-F102E
Date of Issue: Aug. 2012

Tokyo, 103-0027, Japan.
Phone: 81-3-3231-6982
Fax: 81-3-3231-6994

Mu 14055

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mu 14055

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HCR1200-EDⅡ-F403E

Operation & Maintenance Manual

HYDRAULIC CRAWLER DRILL

Applicable From Serial No.1354581-

Name of the distributor, authorized agent and service agent

Address: 5-3, 1-chome, Nihonbashi, Chuo-ku,

This manual contains operation, lubrication and maintenance information.

We can't totally anticipate in detail where and what dangers exists.

One is “pull-drilling specification” and the other “push-drilling specification”.

The operation plate (1) indicates “pull-drilling specification” or

7. 090200-06188 (pull-drilling specification)

Outside of the Cab

Rotator (If Equipped)

Left Side of the Machine

Right Side of the Machine

Rear of the Machine

Top of the Machine

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 0-1

1. Safety Precautions ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1-1-1

2. Specifications ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 2-1-1

3. Operator’s Station ････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 3-1

4. Running Operation ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 4-1-1

5. Transporting ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 5-1-1

6. Electrical Equipment ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 6-1-1

7. In Cold Climate Area ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 7-1

8. Storage for Long Periods ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 8-1

9. Troubleshooting ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 9-1

10. General Safety Instructions ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 10-1

11. Fuels and Lubricants ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 11-1-1

12. Coolants･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 12-1

14. Maintenance Interval Schedule ･･･････････････････････････････････････････････････ 14-1

15. Periodical Replacement of Maintenance Parts ･･････････････････････････････････････ 15-1

16. Special Equipment ･･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 16-1

1.1 Safety Management

Importance of Personal Self-Management

Follow the Rules on Site

Wear Safe and Protective Clothing

Prepare First Aid Kit

Keep the “Safety Signs” Clean

If the safety sign has damaged or discolored, affix a new

Use Furukawa Genuine Parts

Use Safety Equipment Correctly

1.2 Avoid Hazards Before Engine Start

Secure Onsite Safety

Level the Ground

Beware of Underground Utilities

Inspection before Operation

Get On/Off Machine Carefully

Clean Around Operator’s Seat

Safety Check before Engine Start

Start from the Operator’s Station

Use the Seat Belt

Dangerous Exhaust Gas

1.3 Avoid Hazards After Engine Start

Performance Check of Emergency Stopping

After Starting the Engine

During automatic heating of hydraulic oil, do not operate the

1.4 Avoid Hazards Operate Safely

Check the Drilling Method

Care in Levers/Switches Operation

Travel the Machine Safely

Avoid Hazards When Backing

Avoid Hazards When Traveling on Unleveled Ground